Manual de Operador Ducato PDF

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.
com manuals search engine

WELCOME ABOARD
T hank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on choosing a Ducato. A light commercial vehicle designed to
ensure large load capacity with first class safety and reliability, able to offer great driving comfort and be a real friend
to the environment. The functionality of its every detail, its versatility, engine performance, wealth of equipment
and options, safety systems and totally recyclable components contribute to making Ducato the only light com-
mercial vehicle of its kind.
You will see this for yourself when you sit in your Ducato and take to the road.
And you will realise it later when you discover that thanks to its terrific qualities you have everything you need
to hand, even when you are driving under the worst conditions.
Before you set off, however, you should read this booklet carefully. It is an indispensable guide to all your Duca-
tos features and will give you first-class advice for high quality driving. Above all, it will be able to provide you
with valuable tips for your own safety, the vehicles well-being and about how to protect the environment.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the Services that Fiat offers its Customers:
the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity
the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.
Enjoy your read, happy driving and let your work become a real pleasure.
In this Owner Handbook you will find all the versions and contents (optional included)
of Fiat Ducato. Take into account only the information regarding the equipment
and version you have purchased.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

MUST BE READ!
REFUELLING
Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) no less than 95.
K Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590.
STARTING THE ENGINE

Make sure the handbrake is pulled up; put the gear lever to neutral; press the clutch pedal down to the floor
without touching the accelerator; then:
automatic gearbox: for operation and use, strictly follow instructions and warnings contained at paragraph
Automatic gearbox in section Getting the best out of your vehicle.
petrol engines: turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine starts.
diesel engines: turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the instrument panel warning light m and Y
to go out; then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine starts.
PARKING OVER INFLAMMABLE MATERIAL

When functioning normally, the catalytic converter reaches high temperatures. For this reason do not park
the vehicle over inflammable material, grass, dry leaves, pine needles, etc.: fire hazard.

ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
If, after buying the vehicle, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit

a Fiat Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the vehicles electric
system can support the required load.
CODE card
Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the vehicle. You should always keep the electronic code written on
the CODE card with you in case you need to carry out an emergency start-up procedure.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the vehicle is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safe-
ty features, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.
THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS

information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your vehicle, and its mainte-
nance. Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) (vehicle
well-being).

THE SIGNS TO HELP YOU DRIVE CORRECTLY
The signs you see on this page are very important. They highlight those parts of the handbook where, more than
anywhere else, you should stop for a minute and read carefully.
As you can see, each sign has a different symbol to make it immediately and easy to identify the subjects in the
different areas:
Personal safety. Environmental protection. Vehicle well-being.

Important. Total or partial failure to This shows you the correct proce- Important. Total or partial failure to
follow these instructions can place dri- dures to follow to ensure that the ve- follow these instructions will result in
ver, passengers or others in serious hicle does not harm the environment. the risk of serious damage to the ve-
danger. hicle and may invalidate the warranty
as well.

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the vehicle version.
F0D0080m
fig. 1
1 Side air vents - 2 Direction indicators and light stalk - 3 Instrument panel - 4 Windscreen wiper stalk -
5 Central air vents - 6 Writing/reading desk - 7 Sound system compartment - 8 Central button panel - 9 Central air vents -
10 Oddment trays/passengers airbag - 11 Side air vents - 12 Bottle holder - 13 Current socket - 14 Ashtray - 15 Air dis-
tribution - 16 Air temperature - 17 Air recirculation - 18 Cigar lighter - 19 Fan control - 20 Gear shift lever - 21 Ignition
switch - 22 Steering wheel adjustment lever - 23 Horn - 24 Airbag - 25 Oddment trays
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 5

The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the vehicle version.
F0D0246m
fig. 2
1 Side air vent - 2 Oddment trays/passengers airbag - 3 Central air vents - 4 Central button panel - 5 Sound system com-
partment - 6 Writing/reading desk - 7 Direction indicators and light stalk - 8 Instrument panel - 9 Windscreen wiper stalk -
10 Oddment trays - 11 Ignition switch - 12 Airbag - 13 Horn - 14 Steering wheel adjustment lever - 15 Gear shift lever -
16 Air distribution - 17 Current socket - 18 Ashtray - 19 Air temperature - 20 Air recirculation - 21 Cigar lighter - 22 Fan
control - 23 Bottle holder
6 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

SYMBOLS THE FIAT CODE KEYS fig. 3
SYSTEM The following keys are provided with
Special coloured labels have been at- the vehicle:
tached near or actually on some of To further protect your vehicle from
the components of your Ducato. theft, it has been fitted with an engine two keys A with metal insert and
These labels bear symbols that remind immobiliser system (Fiat CODE) power-assisted opening if the vehicle
you of the precautions to be taken as which is automatically activated when is not equipped with remote control;
regards that particular component. the ignition key is removed. key A and key B if the vehicle is fit-
An electronic device, in fact, is fitted ted with a door lock remote control.
in each ignition key grip. The device Key A is the key that is used nor-
modulates a signal when the engine is mally. It will:
started through a special aerial built
into the ignition switch. The modulate start the engine;
signal, which changes each time the lock/unlock the front doors;
engine is started, is the password by
means of which the control unit lock/unlock the side sliding doors;
recognises the key and enables to lock/unlock the rear doors;
start the engine.
lock/unlock the fuel filler cap.
F0D0128m
fig. 3

The key B, with a built-in remote The CODE card fig. 4 is also sup- OPERATION
control, has the same functions as key plied with the keys and it bears the fol-
A in vehicles with door lock/unlock lowing: Each time the ignition key is turned
remote control. to STOP, or PARK, the protection
A - the electronic code to be used system will automatically immobilise
IMPORTANT In order to ensure for emergency starting (see Emer- the engine.
perfect efficiency of the electronic de- gency start-up in the In an emer- When the key is turned to MAR to
vices contained inside the keys, they gency section); start the engine:
should never be exposed to direct
sunlight. B - the mechanical key code to be 1) If the code is recognised the Y
given to the Fiat Dealership when fig. 5 warning light on the instrument
ordering duplicate keys. panel will flash briefly: this means that
U.K. Vehicles only the protection system has recognised
Keep the CODE card in a safe place. the key code and disabled the engine
At the behest of the motor Insurance
Companies the CODE card for emer- You should always have the elec- immobiliser. Turn the key to AVV, to
gency starting and remplacement of tronic code number written on the start.
keys is not provided. If you need as- CODE card with you at all times in 2) If the Y warning light stays on,
sistance please contact your nearest case you need to perform an emer- the code was not recognised. In this
Fiat Dealership or telephone Free gency start-up. case, turn the key to STOP and then
Phone 0800 717000. back to MAR. If the engine remains
immobilised, try with the other keys
All the keys and the provided.
CODE card must be
F0D0001m
F0D0191m
handed over to the new
owner when selling the vehicle.
fig. 4 fig. 5

If you are still unable to start the en- DUPLICATE KEYS DOOR LOCK
gine, perform the emergency start-up
procedure (see In an emergency) When additional keys are required, REMOTE CONTROL
and call your Fiat Dealership. go to your Fiat Dealership, taking all
the keys in your possession and the The radio-frequency remote control
When the vehicle is travelling and the CODE card with you. The Fiat Deal- is built into the ignition key.
key is at MAR: ership will store the old and new keys
(up to eight) in the system. The Fiat The key fig. 6 includes the following:
1) If the Y warning light comes on Dealership may ask you to demon-
while the vehicle is moving, this means a metal insert A that can be en-
strate that you own the vehicle. closed in the key grip
that the system is running a self-test
(e.g. due to a voltage drop). The codes of any keys that are not a button E for power-assisted
available when the new storage pro- opening of the metal insert
2) If the Y warning light flashes, the cedure is carried out will be deleted
vehicle is not protected by the engine from the memory to prevent any lost a button C for remote door un-
immobiliser. Contact a Fiat Dealer- or stolen keys being used to start the locking and electronic alarm deactiva-
ship immediately and get them to engine. tion (where provided) at the same
store the codes of all the keys in the time, and timed switching on of the in-
memory. All the keys and the CODE card ternal ceiling lights;
must be handed over to the new own-
IMPORTANT The electronic com- er when selling the vehicle. a button D for remote door lock-
ponents inside the key may be dam- ing and electronic alarm activation
aged if the key is subjected to sharp (where provided) at the same time,
knocks. and switching off of the internal ceiling
IMPORTANT Each key provided lights;
with the vehicle has its own code, dif- led B indicating control sending to
ferent from all the others, which must electronic alarm system receiver.
be stored in the memory of the sys-
tem control unit.

WARNING To insert the metal insert in the key IMPORTANT The remote control
grip, keep the button E pressed and system frequency can be disturbed by
When pressing the button
E, take care to prevent the turn the insert in the direction shown significant radio transmissions outside
by the arrow until hearing the click as the car (e.g: mobile phones, HAM ra-
metal insert from causing harm or it locks into place. Then release the dio systems, etc.) that could cause re-
damage when it comes out. The
button E should only be pressed button E. mote control malfunctioning.
when the key is away from the For instructions on ordering addi-
body, in particular from the eyes, tional remote controls or replacing MINISTERIAL
and from objects that can be spoilt the batteries, refer to the relevant HOMOLOGATION
(e.g.: clothes). Make sure the key paragraphs in the following pages. Re- In the respect of the legislation in
can never be touched by others, es- fer to Radio-frequency remote con- force in each country in the matter of
pecially children, who may inad- trol in section Technical Specifica- radio-frequency devices, please note
vertently press the button E. tions for the relevant ministerial ho- that:
mologation.
the market-specific homologation
numbers are listed in paragraph Ra-
dio-frequency remote control in sec-
tion Technical Specifications.
the homologation number is print-
ed on the component for markets
where this is required.
F0D0130m
fig. 6

REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL replace the battery E making sure ELECTRONIC ALARM
REMOTE CONTROLS that the bias is correct;
The receiver will acknowledge up to re-insert the battery holder in the The electronic alarm can be re-
eight remote controls. key and lock it, turning the device C quested only for versions with fixed
to ;. panel and has the following functions:
If additional remote control are re-
quired or any reasons, go to a Fiat remote controlled locking and un-
Dealership, taking all the keys you locking of doors;
own and the CODE card with you. perimetral surveillance, detecting
the opening of doors, bonnet, side
REPLACING THE BATTERIES door and rear door;
Used batteries pollute
If when button (C or D-fig. 6) is the environment. Dispose volumetric surveillance, detecting
pressed, the key led B-fig. 6 flashes of them in the special intrusions in the cabin only; load com-
once only, change the battery with a containers as specified by current partment does not undergo volumet-
new one. legislation or take them to your ric surveillance.
To replace the battery: nearest Fiat Dealership, which
will deal with their disposal.
press button A-fig. 7 and move
the metal insert B to the open posi-
tion;
using a finely-tipped screwdriver,
F0D0129m
F0D0204m
turn the opening device C to :: and
pull out the battery holder D;
fig. 7 fig. 8

OPERATION To switch the electronic alarm Led A will light up for approximate-
off: press the remote control button ly two seconds to confirm that the
The electronic alarm fitted on the Fi- C-fig. 6. You will hear two beeps and function has been cut out.
at Ducato is controlled by the receiv- the direction indicators will flash twice
er located on the front ceiling light and (only in countries where this is al- The volumetric surveillance function
is switched on by means of the radio- lowed). will be restored (before switching the
frequency remote control. electronic alarm on) after the key has
To cut out the volumetric sur- been turned to MAR for at least 30
Volumetric protection sensors C- veillance: you can cut out the volu- seconds.
fig. 8 are located in the ceiling light. metric protection function before
switching the electronic alarm on. Pro- To operate an electrical device pow-
The alarm can only be switched on ered by the ignition key (e.g.: electric
when the ignition key is removed from ceed as follows: take the key in rapid
sequence from STOP to MAR and windows), turn the key to MAR, op-
STOP or PARK position. erate the control and turn the key
then back to STOP. Then remove the
The electronic alarm control unit in- key. back to STOP within 30 seconds. In
cludes also the alarm siren that can be this way the volumetric surveillance
cut out. function will not be reactivated.
To switch the electronic alarm To cut out the siren: when switch-
on: press button D-fig. 6 on the re- ing the electronic alarm on, keep con-
mote control briefly. You will hear a trol button C pressed for over 4 sec-
beep and the direction indicators will onds and then release it.
flash for approximately three seconds You will hear five beeps to confirm
(only in countries where this is al-
F0D0209m
that the siren is cut out and that the

lowed). alarm is on.
Led A-fig. 9, set on the right side of
the steering column, will blink when
the system is on.
fig. 9

SYSTEM SELF-TEST PROGRAMMING WHAT SETS
If the beep is followed after one sec- THE SYSTEM THE ALARM OFF
ond by another beep when the elec- The electronic alarm will have been The electronic alarm will be set off if:
tronic alarm is switched on, check programmed by Fiat Dealership.
whether the doors, the bonnet and Any subsequent programming should 1) a door, the bonnet or the load
the load compartment are perfectly also be carried out by a Fiat Deal- compartment is opened;
closed. Try to switch the alarm on ership. 2) the battery is disconnected or the
again. If the situation persists, contact electronic alarm power supply cables
a Fiat Dealership. If additional remote control is re-
quired for any reasons, go to a Fiat are cut;
Dealership, taking all the keys you 3) something moves in the passen-
own and the CODE card with you. ger compartment (volumetric surveil-
IMPORTANT The electronic lance);
alarm operation is prepared according 4) the key is turned to MAR.
to the laws of the specific country.
This operation is only to be carried When the alarm is triggered, a siren
out by a Fiat Dealership to avoid will sound for about 26 seconds (for a
damaging the electronic memory stor- maximum of 3 cycles with 5 second
age system. pauses, if the cause of the alarm per-
sists) and the direction indicators will
flash for about 5 minutes (only in the
countries where this is allowed).
Once the alarm situation has been
resolved, the alarm will return to its
normal surveillance function.

To cut off the alarm before this, Do not leave the key inserted in the 7 blinks: load
press the remote control button; if switch. Cover the keyhole with the compartment
this is unsuccessful, turn the emer- rubber cap to prevent dust and wa- 8 blinks: tampering with
gency key to OFF (see next paragraph ter getting in. ignition switch
How to turn the alarm off)
Emergency keys should be left in the 9 blinks: alarm wires cut
car coupled with the switch. 10 blinks: at least three causes
HOW TO TURN of alarm.
THE ALARM OFF HOW TO KNOW IF THE The led goes off when turning the
If the remote control batteries run ALARM HAS GONE OFF key to MAR or after about 2 minutes
down, or the car alarm system is blinking.
faulty, the electronic alarm can be cut After deactivating the system, led A-
out by using one of the two emer- fig. 9 will indicate the theft attempt
gency keys supplied set on the system specifying also the cause of the alarm:
deactivation control unit (that is fixed light: remote control bat-
housed in the fuse box on the right tery down
side of the dashboard). 1 blink: right-hand door
To do this, open the fuse box, take 2 blinks: left-hand door
Since the electronic car
off the switch rubber cap, insert the 5 blinks: volumetric sensors alarm absorbs electricity,
key and turn it counterclockwise (indicate a movement if you will not be using
(OFF position); the system is now de- inside the passengers your car for more than a month,
activated. compartment) switch the system off with the re-
To turn the system back on, turn the 6 blinks: bonnet mote control and turn the emer-
key clockwise (ON position). gency key to OFF.

SEAT BELTS At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for The seat belt reel mechanism en-
a short stretch, then pull it out again sures that the belt automatically ad-
USING THE SEAT BELTS without jerking. justs to the wearer allowing him or
The belt should be worn keeping the To unfasten the seat belts, press but- her to move in complete freedom.
chest straight and rested against the ton C. Guide the seat belt with your When the vehicle is parked on a
seat back. hand while it is rewinding, to prevent steep slope the reel mechanism may
To fasten the seat belts, take hold the it from twisting. block; this is normal. The reel mech-
fastener tongue A-fig. 10 and insert anism also prevents the webbing com-
it into the buckle B, until hearing the ing out when it is jerked or if the ve-
locking click. hicle brakes sharply, is in a collision or
when cornering at high speed.
WARNING
Never press button C when
travelling.
F0D0050m
fig. 10

For rear single seats For their use see the following fig- WARNING
(Panorama versions) and ures:
After using the rear side
bench seats (Combi versions) - fig. 11 first row left-hand side seat seat belts (first row seats),
The rear seat is fitted with inertial fasten seat belts into the relevant
- fig. 12 first row central seat catches set aside the seats to pre-
seat belts with three anchor points
and reel for the side and centre seats - fig. 13 first row right-hand side seat vent obstacles when getting in/out
fig. 11. of the vehicle.
On certain versions, after using seat
belts, insert tongues D into the rele-
vant catches E to prevent obstacles
when getting in/out of the vehicle.
F0D0261m
F0D0262m
F0D0263m
fig. 11 fig. 12 fig. 13

For rear central bench seat, WARNING Belt use is shown in fig. 15
lap belt without retractor Remember that in the case
(Combi versions) of a violent collision, back
To fasten the seat belt: insert the seat passengers not wearing seat WARNING
fastener tongue A-fig. 14 into the belts also represent a serious dan-
buckle B until hearing the locking ger to the passengers in the front The rear central seat belt
click. (Panorama, Combi and CrewCab safety action is only guar-
versions). anteed when the bench seat back-
Side seats are fitted with seat belts rest is tilted backwards completely
with three anchor points. (see figure 15a).
To unfasten the seat belts: press For rear central bench seat,
button C. seat belt with retractor
F0D0298m
To adjust the seat belt: slide the web- (Combi versions)
bing through adjuster D, pulling end E
to shorten it and length F to length- Rear bech seat is fitted with three
en it. point belt and retractor for central
seat.
IMPORTANT The belt is adjust-
ed properly when it fits closely across
the hips.
F0D 0002m
F0D0291m
fig. 14 fig. 15 fig. 15a

ADJUSTING THE FRONT Always adjust the height of the seat PRETENSIONERS
SEAT BELT HEIGHT belt to fit the person wearing it. This
could greatly reduce the risk of injury Ducato vehicles fitted with airbags
in the case of collision. are also fitted with pretensioners to
improve protection.
WARNING The belt is adjusted properly when
the webbing passes approximately These devices feel that a violent
Only adjust seat belt collision is in progress via a sensor and
height when the vehicle is halfway between the edge of the
shoulder and the neck. pull back a few inches of webbing. In
stationary. this way the pretensioners ensure that
5 different adjustments in height are the belt is adhering perfectly to the
provided. body before the belt begins to hold
back the wearer.
To adjust, press button A-fig. 16 and When the pretensioner has been
raise or lower the grip B-fig. 16. triggered the retractor will lock. The
WARNING seat belt cannot be drawn back up
even when guiding it manually.
After you have made the
adjustment, always make
sure that the loop is attached firm-
ly in one of the preset positions. To
do this, with the button released,
exert a further pressure to allow
F0D 0051m
the anchoring device to catch if re-

lease did not take place at one of
the preset positions.
fig. 16

IMPORTANT The pretensioner WARNING Operations involving
will give maximum protection when banging, vibrations or
The pretensioner can only
the seat belt adheres snugly to the be used once. After a colli- heating (exceeding 100C
wearers chest and hips. for a maximum of 6 hours) in the
A small amount of smoke may be sion that has triggered it, have it re- area around the pretensioner
placed at a Fiat Dealership. Pre-
produced when the pretensioners are tensioner validity is written on the may trigger or damage the de-
fired. This smoke is harmless and does vice. Vibrations from rough road
not indicate the principle of a fire. plate set on the front left door post surfaces or accidental jolting
near the hinges (fig. 17). Have pre- caused by mounting pavements,
The pretensioner does not require tensioners replaced at a Fiat Deal-
ership as this date approaches. etc. do not have any effect on the
any maintenance or lubrication. Any pretensioner. If, however, you
modification of its original state inval- need any assistance, go to a Fiat
idates its efficiency. If, as the result of Dealership.
exceptional natural occurrences
(floods, sea storms, etc.) the device is
soaked through with water and mud,
it must be replaced. F0D0264m
fig. 17

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS WARNING WARNING
FOR THE USE OF THE SEAT Under no circumstances The webbing must not be
BELTS should the components of twisted. The upper section
The driver is responsible for re- seat belts and pretensioners be must pass across the shoulder and
specting and enforcing the local rules tampered with or removed. Any in- chest diagonally. The lower section
and laws regarding the use of seat terventions should be carried out by must fit closely across the passen-
belts. qualified and authorised personnel. gers hips and not the abdomen (fig.
Always contact a Fiat Dealership. 18). Do not use clips, fasteners, etc.
Always fasten the seat belts before to prevent the belt adhering to the
starting. passengers body.
WARNING
For maximum safety, keep
the back of your seat up-
right, lean back into it and make
F0D0003m
sure the seat belt fits closely across
your chest and hips. Always fasten
seat belts, in front and rear seats!
Travelling without seat belts in-
creases the risk of severe and fatal
injury in the event of a crash.
fig. 18

WARNING WARNING Seat belts must also be worn by ex-
pectant mothers: the risk of injury in
If the belt has been sub- Never travel with a child
jected to heavy stress, for sitting on the passengers the case of accident is much greater for
them and their unborn child too if they
example after an accident, it should lap with a single belt to protect do not have a seat belt on. Of course
be changed completely together them both (fig. 19). Do not fasten
with the anchors, anchor fastening other objects to the body. they must position the lower part of
the belt very low down so that it pass-
screws and the pretensioners. In es under the abdomen (fig. 20).
fact, even if the belt has no visible
defects, it could have lost its re-
silience.
F0D0004m
F0D0005m
fig. 19 fig. 20

HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT TRANSPORTING The results of research on the best
BELTS IN PROPER WORKING CHILDREN child restraint systems are contained
ORDER AT ALL TIMES in the European Standard ECE-R44.
IN SAFETY This Standard enforces the use of re-
1) When wearing the seat belts, al- straint systems classified in five groups:
ways ensure they are not twisted and For optimal protection in the event
are free to wind in and out. of a crash, all passengers must be seat- Group 0 - weight 0-10 kg
2) Following a serious accident, re- ed and wearing adequate restraint sys- Group 0+ - weight 0-13 kg
place the belt being worn at that time, tems.
Group 1 weight 9-18 kg
even if it does not seem damaged. Al- This is even more important for chil-
ways replace the seat belts if preten- dren. Group 2 weight 15-25 kg
sioners have been activated. Group 3 weight 22-36 kg
According to 2003/20/EC Directive,
3) When cleaning the belts, wash this prescription is compulsory for all As it may be noted, the groups over-
them by hand with water and neutral European Community countries. lap partly and in fact, in commerce it
soap, rinse them and let them dry in is possible to find devices that cover
the shade. Do not use strong deter- Compared with adults, their head is
proportionally larger and heavier than more than one weight group fig. 21.
gents, bleach, colouring or any other
chemical substance that could weaken the rest of the body, while the mus- All restraint devices must bear the
the fibres. cles and bone structure are not com- certification data, together with the
pletely developed. Therefore, correct control brand, on a solidly fixed label
4) Do not allow the reel mechanisms restraint systems are necessary, oth- which must absolutely never be re-
to get wet: they are only guaranteed er then adult seat belts. moved.
to work properly if they remain dry.
5) Replace the seat belt when show-
ing significant wear or cut signs.

Over 1.50 m in height, from the WARNING WARNING
point of view of restraint systems, chil-
With passengers air bag SERIOUS DANGER If it is
dren are considered as adults and active, never place childs absolutely necessary to car-
wear the seat belts normally.
seats with the cradle facing back- ry a child on the front pas-
We recommend using Lineaccessori wards since the air bag activation senger seat with the cradle
Fiat child restraint systems for each could cause to the child serious in- childs seat facing back-
weight group. These systems were juries, even mortal, regardless of the wards, the front passengers air bag
specifically designed and tested for Fi- seriousness of the crash that trig- must be deactivated using the key
at vehicles. gered it. You are advised to carry switch. In this case it is absolutely
children always with proper re- necessary to check the warning
straint systems on the rear seats, as light F (see paragraph Passen-
this is the most protected position gers front air bag) to make sure
in the case of a crash. that deactivation has actually tak-
en place.
F0D0006m
fig. 21

GROUP 0 and 0+ GROUP 1 WARNING
Babies up to 13 kg must be carried Children from 9 to 18 kg are to be Seats exist which are suit-
facing backwards on a cradle seat, seated facing forward in child seats able for covering weight
which, supporting the head, does not with front cushion fig. 23. The vehi- groups 0 and 1 with a rear connec-
induce stress on the neck in the event cle seat belt secures both seat and tion to the vehicle belts and their
of sharp deceleration. child. own belts to restrain the child. Due
to their size, they can be dangerous
The cradle is restrained by the vehi- if installed incorrectly fastened to
cle seat belts, as shown in fig. 22 and the vehicle belts with a cushion.
in turn it must restrain the child with Carefully follow the instructions for
its own belts. installation provided with the seat.
WARNING WARNING
The figure is only an exam- The figure is only an exam-
ple. Attain to the instruc- ple. Attain to the instruc-
tions for fastening which must be tions for fastening which must be
enclosed with the specific child re- enclosed with the specific child re-
straint system you are using. straint system you are using.
F0D0007m
F0D0008m
fig. 22 fig. 23

GROUP 2 GROUP 3 Children taller than 1.5 m can wear
seat belts like adults.
Children from 15 to 25 kg can be se- For children from 22 kg up to 36 kg
cured directly with the vehicle seat the size of the childs chest no longer
belts. The seat has the purpose of po- requires a support to space the childs
sitioning the child correctly with respect back from the seat back.
to the seat belt so that the diagonal sec- WARNING
tion crosses the childs chest (never the The fig. 25 shows proper child seat
childs throat) and the horizontal sec- positioning on the rear seat. The figure is only an exam-
tion fits snugly on the childs hips (and ple. Attain to the instruc-
not the childs abdomen) fig. 24. tions for fastening which must be
enclosed with the specific child re-
straint system you are using.
WARNING
The figure is only an exam-
ple. Attain to the instruc-
tions for fastening which must be
enclosed with the specific child re-
straint system you are using.
F0D0009m
F0D0010m
fig. 24 fig. 25

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON CHILDS SEAT USE
Ducato complies with the new EC Directive 2000/3/CE regulating childs seat assembling on the different vehicle seats ac-
cording to the table on next page:
PANORAMA VERSION - SHORT AND MEDIUM WHEELBASE
CAB 1st and 2nd REAR SEAT ROW

Group Range of weight
Single or two
seater RH side rear RH side rear Central
passenger passenger passenger
(1 or 2 passengers)
Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U U U U
Group 1 9 - 18 kg U U U U
COMBI version
Group Range of weight Two-seater Three-seater
(1 passenger) (2 passengers)
Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U U
Group 1 9 - 18 kg U U
Table key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the Universal category, according to European Standard ECE-R44
for the specified Groups

IMPORTANT For foreign markets 2) In vehicles fitted with passenger 8) While travelling, do not let the
(Italy excluded), the cabs of vehicles airbag, never place childs restraint child sit incorrectly or release the
for carrying goods are suitable for fit- systems on the front seat. belts.
ting child restraint systems of the
Universal category, according to Eu- 3) If the passengers airbag is deac- 9) Passengers should never carry
ropean Standard ECE-R44 for the tab- tivated always check the warning light children on their laps. No-one, how-
ulated groups. F on the instrument panel to make ever strong they are, can hold a child
sure that it has actually been deacti- in the event of a crash.
IMPORTANT For Italian market vated.
only (foreign countries excluded), the 10) Replace the child restraint sys-
cabs of vehicle for carrying passengers 4) Attain to the instructions for fas- tem after an accident.
(combi and panorama), are suitable for tening the specific child restraint sys-
fitting child restraint systems of the tem which you are using. These in-
Universal category, according to Eu- structions must be provided by the
ropean Standard ECE-R44 for the tab- manufacturer. Keep the child restraint
system installation instructions with WARNING
ulated groups. With passengers air bag
the vehicle documents and with this
Handbook. Never use a child restraint active, never place childs
system without installation instruc- seats with the cradle facing back-
tions. wards since the air bag activation
Below is a summary of the rules could cause to the child serious in-
5) Always check the seat belt is well juries, even mortal, regardless of the
of safety to be followed for car- fastened by pulling the webbing.
rying children: seriousness of the crash that trig-
6) Only one child is to be strapped gered it. You are advised to carry
1) The recommended position for to each retaining system. children always with proper re-
installing childs seat is on the rear seat, straint systems on the rear seats, as
as it is the most protected in the case 7) Always check the seat belts do this is the most protected position
of a crash; not fit around the childs throat. in the case of a crash.

IGNITION SWITCH WARNING STEERING COLUMN LOCK
If the ignition switch has To engage the lock: remove the ig-
The key can be turned to four dif- been tampered with (e.g. nition key at STOP or PARK, and
ferent positions fig. 26. someone has tried to steal your ve- turn the steering wheel until it locks.
STOP: engine off, key can be re- hicle), get a Fiat Dealership to make
sure it is still functioning properly To release the lock: rock the steer-
moved, steering column locked. ing wheel slightly as you turn the igni-
before you start driving again.
MAR: drive position. All electrical tion key to MAR.
devices can be used.
AVV: to start the engine. WARNING
PARK: engine off, parking lights on, Never remove the ignition
key can be removed, steering column key while the vehicle is
locked. To turn the key to PARK, WARNING moving. The steering wheel will au-
press button A. tomatically lock as soon as you try
When you get out of the to turn it. This also applies when
vehicle, always remove the the vehicle is being towed.
ignition key. This will prevent any-
one from accidentally working the
controls. Remember to apply the WARNING
handbrake and, if the vehicle is
faced up on a steep slope engage It is absolutely forbidden to
the first gear. If it is facing down, carry out whatever after-
F0D0052m
engage the reverse gear. Never market operation involving steering

leave children in the vehicle by system or steering column modifi-
themselves. cations (e.g.: installation of anti-
theft Device) that could badly af-
fect performance and safety, cause
the lapse of warranty and also re-
sult in non-compliance of the car
with homologation requirements.
fig. 26

INSTRUMENT PANEL
A - Engine coolant temperature

gauge
B - Speedometer
C - Rev counter
D - Fuel level gauge
E - Odometer setting and scheduled
servicing
F - Odometer
G - Clock setting.
F0D0147m
fig. 27 Left-hand drive version
F0D0148m
fig. 28 Right-hand drive version

INSTRUMENTS If the situation persists SPEEDOMETER
even after the measures
you have taken, turn off fig. 30 - left-hand drive versions
ENGINE COOLANT the engine and have the vehicle fig. 31 - right-hand drive versions.
TEMPERATURE seen at a Fiat Dealership.
GAUGE fig. 29
Under normal conditions, the needle REV COUNTER fig. 32
should hover around the middle of the
scale. IMPORTANT The electronic sys-
tem progressively blocks fuel flow to
If it approaches the red section, it prevent engine from overrevving. This
F0D0149m
means that the engine is being over- will lead to a progressive loss of en-
taxed and you should reduce your de- gine power.
mand on it.
Also travelling too slowly when the
outside temperature is very hot can
cause the needle to approach the red
sector. In this case, it is better to stop
and turn the engine off. After a few
moments you can start the engine
again and accelerate slightly. fig. 30
F0D0150m
F0D0153m
F0D0151m
fig. 29 fig. 31 fig. 32

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE ODOMETER There is only one switch E-fig. 34 to
zero the partial kilometres and to se-
When the fuel reserve warning light lect the total/partial mileage:
A-fig. 33 comes on it means that The following indications are shown
there are approximately 8 - 10 litres alternately on the display when press- when total kilometres are dis-
of fuel left in the tank. ing button E - fig. 34: played, press the button for less than
2 seconds (impulse) to have the par-
Do not travel with the fuel tank al- fig. 35 - total kilometres tial rate (when releasing the button);
most empty: the gaps in fuel delivery
could damage the catalyst. fig. 36 - trip kilometres when trip kilometres are displayed,
press the button for less than 2 sec-
onds (impulse) to have the total rate
(when releasing the button). Press the
button for more than 2 seconds for
zero setting (when releasing the but-
ton).
F0D0152m
F0D0155m
F0A0011m
fig. 35 - total kilometres
F0A0012m
fig. 33 fig. 34 fig. 36 - trip kilometres

F0D0254m
DIGITAL CLOCK fig. 37 ENGINE OIL LEVEL GAUGE
Clock can always be adjusted (also (where provided)
with engine off and key removed). The gauge graphically displays the en-
gine oil level between the MIN and
Setting time MAX reference points.
The clock will advance by one unit To perform measurement ensure
each time the button G-fig. 37 is the vehicle is on a flat ground, then
pressed. Press the button and hold it proceed as follows:
down for a few seconds to rapidly ad- 1) when the engine is not running, fig. 38
vance the time automatically. turn the ignition key to MAR;
F0D0217m
When the clock draws near to the 2) the word OIL will be displayed
correct time, release the button and for 5 seconds together with six dashes
complete the regulation manually. and five or six boxes showing the cor-
rect engine oil level;
Fig. 38 - Correct oil level.
Fig. 39 - Minimum oil level.
Should oil level be at minimum, re-
store oil level to the correct level as
soon as possible. Anyhow, before top- fig. 39
ping up, first use the special dipstick
F0D0154m
F0D0215m
to check the level.
3) If the words OIL HIGH fig. 40
are displayed, this means that oil level
is excessive (over maximum level) and
it is therefore necessary to reduce its
level in the sump.
fig. 37 fig. 40

4) If the engine is started while mea- IMPORTANT always follow the Service frequency
surement is being performed, the terms indicated in Scheduled Mainte-
gauge will display total or partial km nance Program in section Vehicle The indicator is planned for 20.000
run and time. Maintenance. km yearly; for Countries / markets
where applicable, the indicator is
Press button E-fig. 34 to stop mea- Each time the key is turned to MAR, planned for 12.500 miles. If the vehi-
suring; in this case kilometres run and the system checks the warning light for cle is normally used in different con-
the time will be displayed. about 5 seconds. ditions than the preset ones, the ser-
vice frequency can be changed ac-
The service indicator only works cording to vehicle use (normal or se-
SERVICE INDICATOR when the engine is not running and the vere) and the type of engine (petrol or
Scheduled Servicing provides vehicle ignition key is at MAR. Diesel).
servicing every 30.000/20.000/15.000 With key at MAR also the service in-
kilometres or once a year. For Coun- The display will show the following
dicator symbol 1-fig. 41 is displayed. codes:
tries / markets where applicable,
Scheduled Servicing provides vehicle CFG 1 - 30.000 km (or 18.600 mi)
servicing every 18.600 / 12.500 / 9.300 and 365 days for normal ve-
miles (instead of kilometres) or once hicle use for engines: 2.0
a year. petrol, 2.0 JTD, 2.8 JTD and
This indication will be displayed au- 2.8 JTD POWER, or for se-
tomatically when turning the ignition vere use for 2.3 JTD engine.
key to MAR, through servicing indica- CFG 2 - 20.000 km (or 12.500 mi)
F0D0255m
tor 1-fig. 43 or 1-fig.44 and through and 365 days for severe use
kilometre indicator 2-fig. 43 or daily for engines: 2.0 petrol, 2.0
indicator 2-fig. 44 when 2.000 km (or JTD, 2.8 JTD and 2.8 JTD
1.200 mi) or 30 days are left before the POWER.
next service operation deadline and it
is proposed again every 200 km (or CFG 3 - 15.000 km (or 9.300 mi) and
200 mi) or every three days. 365 days for heavy vehicle
use for all engine types.
fig. 41

Configuration procedure Service deadline After these 5 seconds, the odome-
ter will return to normal operation
To change the service frequency with 2.000 km (1.200 mi) before and display 2 will show either the to-
the vehicle stationary, turn the ignition next service deadline tal or partial kilometres or total or
key to MAR and press button E- partial miles (according to setting).
fig. 34 for about 10 seconds: the dis- When scheduled servicing (coupon)
play will show the wrench symbol and is approaching forecast deadline (2.000 The information about scheduled
the message CFG 1 or CFG 2 or km or 1.200 mi), turn the ignition key servicing is provided in kilometres (km
CFG 3 fig. 42. Press briefly button to MAR, and servicing indicator 1- or mi) or days, depending on the dead-
E to set the required configuration, fig. 43 or 1-fig. 44 followed by the line appearing the first. Contact Fiat
then press it again for about 5 seconds number of kilometres (or miles) 2- Dealership who will provide to per-
to store the new service frequency; fig. 43 or the number of days 2- form the operations provided by the
the display will show again clock and fig. 44, before vehicle servicing dead- scheduled servicing and to reset dis-
km or miles. line will flash for 5 seconds on the ser- playing.
vicing indicator display.
F0D0219m
F0D0220m
F0D0250m
fig. 42 fig. 43 fig. 44

IMPORTANT You should contact At next startings, both wrench 1- WARNING LIGHTS
a Fiat Dealership as soon as prob- fig. 45 and km (or miles) 2-fig. 45 will
lems arise without waiting for the next flash for five seconds, then the display The warning lights come on in the
service deadline. will show again time and km or miles, following circumstances:
where provided.
At next startings, wrench 1-fig. 43
BATTERY NOT
will come on with fixed light for 5 sec-
onds and the display will show again
This situation will subsist until service
frequency is reset by entering code w RECHARGING
time and km or mi. CFG 1 or CFG 2 or CFG 3. PROPERLY (red)
When there is a fault in the current
At zero km (or zero miles) generating system. The light comes on
Turning the ignition key to MAR in- when you turn the ignition key to
dicator 1-fig. 41 will flash for 5 sec- MAR and should go out as soon as
onds with the number of kilometres the engine starts.
or miles (0 km or 0 mi) 2-fig. 45 left A delay in the light going out is ac-
before the next service operation. ceptable only when the engine is idling.
After these 5 seconds, the odome- Contact a Fiat Dealership as soon
ter will return to normal operation as possible to prevent draining the bat-
and display 2 will show either the to- tery.
tal or partial kilometres or total or
partial miles.
F0D0222m
fig. 45

LOW ENGINE OIL ASR (ANTISLIP PASSENGER SIDE
v PRESSURE (red) V REGULATION F AIRBAG
When the engine oil pres- SYSTEM) (amber) DEACTIVATED
sure falls below the normal level. The Turning the ignition key to MAR, (amber)
light comes on when you turn the ig- the warning light turns on, but it When the passenger airbag has been
nition key to MAR and should go out should go off after few seconds. deactivated by means of the respec-
as soon as the engine starts. tive key switch.
The warning light flashes when the
A delay in the light going out is ac- system cuts in, to alert the driver that
ceptable when the engine is idling. If the system is adapting to the road sur-
the engine has been taxed heavily, the face grip conditions.
light may flash when idling. It should, WARNING
however, go out when you acceler- When the system is turned off with
the specific button, the warning light Warning light F indicates
ate slightly. also warning light fail-
comes on without flashing.
ure. This is indicated by intermit-
When the system is on and an ASR tent flashing, over 4 seconds, of
fault is detected, the warning light warning light F. In this event,
comes on without flashing. Check that warning light could be not up to
the information is correct by pressing indicate restraint system failures, if
the button once (in this way, if the any. Stop the car and contact Fiat
system is working and the ASR is re- Dealership to have the system
stored, the warning light will go off, checked.
WARNING but if there is a system failure, the ASR
If the warning light comes will not be restored and the warning
on when the vehicle is run- light will stay on).
ning, stop the engine and contact a In this case contact a Fiat Dealer-
Fiat Dealership. ship as soon as possible.

EOBD ENGINE The warning light will go out when INJECTION SYSTEM
U FAILURE CONTROL
SYSTEM
the failure disappears. In any case, the
system will store the error.
U FAILURE
(diesel versions) (red)
(petrol versions only) (amber) 2. Flashing - warning that the cata- When there is a fault in the injection
In normal conditions, the warning lyst can be damaged (see EOBD sys- system.
light will come on when the ignition tem in this chapter).
key is turned to MAR and should go The warning light should come on
out as soon as the engine is started. If the warning light starts flashing, re- when the ignition key is turned to
The initial lighting up shows that the lease the accelerator pedal and slow MAR and go out after a few seconds.
warning light is working properly. the engine until the warning light stops The warning light will stay on or come
flashing. Continue driving at moderate on when travelling to indicate imperfect
If the warning light either stays on or speed, preventing the warning light operation of the injection system with
comes on while travelling: from coming on again. Contact a Fi- possible loss of performance, poor han-
at Dealership as soon as possible. dling and higher consumption.
1. Fixed light - warning of a fuel
feed/ignition system failure which may In these conditions, you can contin-
increase emissions in exhaust or cause ue driving but you should avoid de-
possible drops in performance, poor Contact a Fiat Dealer-
ship as soon as possible if manding efforts from the engine or
handling and high consumption. high speeds. Contact a Fiat Dealer-
the U warning light ei-
In such conditions, you can contin- ther does not come on when the ship as soon as possible.
ue driving but you should not tax the key is turned to MAR or comes Prolonged use of the vehicle with the
engine and you should moderate the on, with fixed light or flashing warning light on can cause damage to
speed. Prolonged use with the warn- light, when travelling. Warning the engine, especially in the event of
ing light on can cause damage. Contact light U operation can be checked misfiring. The vehicle can only be dri-
a Fiat Dealershipas soon as possi- by means of special equipment by ven for a short period of time at low
ble. traffic agents. Always comply speeds.
with the road traffic regulations
in force in the Country where you Occasional and brief lighting of the
are travelling. warning light is meaningless.

n
AUTOMATIC If the warning light comes on again ENGINE COOLANT
t GEARBOX OIL TOO after less than 15 minutes, stop the ve- LEVEL (red)
HOT (red) hicle, do not switch off the engine but (where provided)
wait for proper cooling of the engine
Turning the ignition key to MAR the / gearbox unit (both engine cooling When the engine coolant in the radi-
warning light shall come on and go off fans off). ator drops under the minimum level.
after about 4 seconds. If the warning
light stays on or comes on when trav- Flashing light = automatic gear-
elling, it indicates that there is a failure box failure.
in the gearbox (flashing light) or that Warning light flashing at starting or
the gearbox oil is too hot (fixed light). when travelling indicates a fault in the
Fixed light = automatic gearbox automatic gearbox.
ENGINE COOLANT
u
oil max. temperature. Engaging the 3rd gear, the automat-
ic control system starts an emer- TOO HOT (red)
Warning light coming on with fixed
light when travelling indicates that gency programme. When the engine coolant
gearbox oil temperature has reached Switching the engine off and then on temperature exceeds the maximum
the max. set limit; in this case stop the again, the self-test system could ex- set level.
vehicle, set the gear selector to N clude the fault and therefore turn off
or P with engine idling, (in this case the warning light.
engine cooling fans are on), until the
warning light goes off. You can then Failure is however stored and the au-
continue driving but you should not tomatic gearbox shall be checked at
tax the engine. a Fiat Dealership.
If the warning light comes on again,
stop the vehicle with engine idling and
wait until the warning light goes off.

AIRBAG FAILURE HANDBRAKE SEAT BELTS (red)
(red) (where provided) x ENGAGED/LOW
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
< (for countries/markets
where applicable)
The warning light comes on when (red)
there is a failure in the system. When the drivers seat belt is not fas-
In three cases: tened properly.
1 - when engaging the handbrake
2 - when the brake fluid level drops
under the minimum level DOORS OPEN (red)
WARNING
3 - with the > warning light to in-
dicate an EBD (electronic brakeforce
When cab door/doors
If the warning light does is/are not perfectly closed.
distributor) failure.
not turn on when turning The warning light is provided only on
the ignition key to MAR or if it stays certain versions.
on when travelling, this could indi-
cate a failure in safety retaining sys-
tems; under this condition air bags WARNING
or pretensioners could not trigger If x warning light comes
in the event of collision or, in a re- on when travelling, check
stricted number of cases, they could whether the handbrake is on. If the
trigger accidentally. Stop the car warning light stays on and the
FRONT BRAKES
and contact Fiat Dealership to have
the system checked immediately.
handbrake is off, stop immediate-
ly and contact a Fiat Dealership. d WORN (red)
When the front brake pads
are worn. Have them replaced and
check the rear brake pads too.

FIAT CODE WATER IN DIESEL ABS (WHEEL
Y (amber) c FUEL (amber) > ANTILOCKING
(diesel versions) SYSTEM)
The warning light comes on in three When there is water in the diesel fil- FAILURE (amber)
cases (when the ignition key is at ter. The light should come on when The warning light comes on when
MAR): the ignition key is turned to MAR and there is a failure in the ABS system. In
1. One flash - the key code has been go out after a few seconds. this case, the normal braking system
recognised. The engine can be start- continues to work although without
ed. the ABS assistance but you should
have the vehicle seen to at a Fiat
2. Fixed light - the key code has not The presence of water in Dealership as soon as possible.
been recognised. Follow the emer- diesel fuel can cause se-
gency procedure to start the engine The warning light should come on
vere damage to the en- when the ignition key is turned to
(see In an emergency). gine fuel feed system. Conse- MAR and should go out after ap-
3. Flashing - the vehicle is not pro- quently, you should go to a Fiat proximately 2 seconds.
tected by the device. The engine can Dealership as soon as the c
however be started. warning light comes on to have WARNING
the system relieved. Warning
light coming on immediately af- Vehicles with ABS are fitted
ter refuelling probably indicates with electronic brakeforce
the presence of water in the tank: distributor (EBD). The > and x
turn the engine off and contact a warning lights come on at the same
Fiat Dealership. time when the engine is running to
indicate that there is an EBD sys-
tem failure. In this case violent
braking may be accompanied by
early rear wheel locking with the
possibility of skidding. Drive ex-
tremely carefully to the nearest Fi-
at Dealership to have the system
checked.

REAR FOG LIGHTS CRUISE CONTROL
WARNING
Warning light > alone, 4 (amber) (green)
with the engine running, When the rear fog lights When the cruise control is
normally indicates a fault in the are switched on. on (ON button pressed).
ABS system only. In this case, the
braking system is still efficient,
though without the anti-locking de-
vice. Under these conditions, per-
formance of the EBD system may GLOW PLUGS
be reduced. In this case too, you are m (amber)
advised to go immediately to the (diesel versions)
nearest Fiat Dealership, driving in
such a way to avoid sharp braking When the ignition key is turned to OUTSIDE LIGHTS
to have the system checked over. MAR. The light will go out when the
glow plugs reach the prescribed tem-
3 (green)
perature. When the side/taillights and
dipped beam headlights are switched on.
DIRECTION MAIN BEAM

y INDICATORS 1 HEADLIGHTS (blue)
(flashing) (green) When the main beam
When the direction indicator stalk is headlights are switched on.
operated.

INDIVIDUAL WARNING Height adjustment
SETTINGS Once you have released the To raise the seat: move lever B-
lever, check that the seat is fig. 46 (front seat part) or lever D-fig.
firmly locked in the runners by try- 47 (rear seat part) upwards and unload
FRONT SEATS ing to move it back and forth. your weight on the seat part to be
Failure to lock the seat in place raised.
WARNING could result in the seat moving sud-
denly and dangerously. To lower the seat: move lever B
Only make adjustments (front seat part) or lever D (rear seat
when the vehicle is sta- part) upwards and load your weight on
tionary. the seat part to be lowered.
Adjusting the reclining seat back

Moving the seat backwards Turn knob C-fig. 47.
or forwards
Lift lever A-fig. 46 and push the seat
backwards or forwards.
F0D0045m
F0D0046m
fig. 46 fig. 47

Lumbar adjustment SEAT WITH SHOCK Setting seat shock
This feature ensures better back sup- ABSORBER fig. 50 absorbers/weight
port. This seat features suspension with Use the adjusting knob A-fig. 50 to
To adjust, turn the knob E-fig. 48. mechanical springing system and hy- set the required adjustment according
draulic shock absorbers to guarantee to your weight, settings range between
Drivers seat warming top comfort and safety since the 40 kg and 130 kg.
springing system enables to absorb any
Press button A-fig. 49 under the dri- shock due to bad surface roads.
vers seat (next to handbrake lever) to
turn the seat warming off. This seat is fitted with height-ad-
justable armrest and head restraint.
See previous paragraph Front seats
for moving the seat backwards or for-
F0D0279m
wards and for height, seat back, lum-
bar and armrest adjustment.
F0D0104m
F0D0274m
fig. 48 fig. 49 fig. 50

SEATS WITH ADJUSTABLE WARNING PANORAMA VERSIONS
ARMRESTS Before unfastening the seat Adjusting the reclining
Driver and passenger's seat can be belts and getting out of the passengers seat back
fitted with two adjustable armrests vehicle make sure the outer armrest
that can be raised or lowered. To (on door side) is completely raised. Turn knob A-fig. 52.
adjust the armrests use the small
wheels A-fig. 51. Reaching the third row seats
To reach the third row seats from
the side door, use the second row ex-
WARNING ternal seat lever B-fig. 52 and tilt the
WARNING
Should it be absolutely nec- seat back forwards.
essary to carry a child, on a
Before fastening the front child's seat, on the front seat make
seat belts make sure the sure the front passenger's air bag
armrests are set in vertical position is deactivated, the front passenger's
(see paragraph Seat belts). seat belt is fastened properly and
the armrests are lowered com-
pletely to prevent accidental move-
ments.
F0D0676m
F0D0076m
fig. 51 fig. 52

Tilting the central seat back When tipping the central seat back- REVOLVING SEAT
(2nd - 3rd) rest, the seat must be completely set (Chassis cowl versions with
backwards and the head restraint must Airbag, where provided)
Pull lever C-fig. 53 upwards and tilt be lowered.
the seat back forwards. It is fitted with three point seat belts
On the back of the central seat back- (fig. 55), two adjustable armrests and
rest there is a rigid surface that can be height adjustable head restraint (see
used as armrest or table, fitted with paragraph Head restraints).
glass/can holders fig. 54.
Use the same lever to set the seat
back to its original position.
WARNING
Only make adjustments
when the vehicle is station-
ary. More particularly, when re-
volving the seat make sure the seat
is not interfering with the pulled up
handbrake.
F0D0077m
F0D0078m
F0D0277m
fig. 53 fig. 54 fig. 55

Adjusting the seat back angle Revolving the seat WARNING
Use button A-fig. 56. To rotate the seat proceed as fol- When travelling, the re-
lows: volving seats shall always
be set in running direction (i.e.: fac-
lower the seat forward complete- ing forward).
ly;
set the seat fully backwards;
set the seat back in straight posi-
tion;
Height adjustment
press button B-fig. 56 to rotate
the seat. Use button C-fig. 56 to raise/low-
er the seat.
From the normal position of use the
seat can be turned 30 towards the Moving the seat backwards
door (i.e.: towards the outside of the or forwards
vehicle) as shown in fig. 57 and 210
towards the inside of the vehicle as Lift lever D-fig. 56 and push the seat
shown in fig. 58. backwards or forwards.
F0D0276m
F0D0294m
F0D0297m
fig. 56 fig. 57 fig. 58

Adjusting the armrest COMBI VERSIONS To refit the bench seat, pull it back-
wards and anchor it to the proper
Use the small wheel A-fig. 59. Tilting the bench seat locking devices. Check that the two
(last row) levers B are set in horizontal position
To tilt the last row bench seat, re- and that the bench seat is anchored
move the four seat belt buckles A-fig. properly, then refit the four seat belt
60 from the seat, lift the two levers B buckles back in the proper seat hous-
and tilt the whole bench seat forward ings.
C-fig. 62.
F0D0278m
F0D0230m
F0D0229m
fig. 59 fig. 60 fig. 61

Tilting the bench seat (versions Lift lever A-fig. 62 upwards to tilt WARNING
with new coupling system, the seat back partly forward (fig. 63).
Never seat in the 3rd row
where provided) (third row) Then remove the head restraints, with the 2nd row bench
WARNING When travelling make take tongue B-fig. 64 (behind the seat seat tilted (see fig. 67). Never place
sure the bench seat back is properly back), pull the backrest slightly back- objects on the 2nd row bench seat
secured. wards and tilt it completely pushing it backrest tilted since in case of col-
forwards. lision or sharp braking they could be
projected against passengers and
cause serious injuries. For further in-
formation see the instructions spec-
ified on the label set under the
F0D0282m
bench backrest (fig. 65).
F0D0281m
fig. 63
F0D0283m
F0D0292m
fig. 62 fig. 64 fig. 65

Wrapping the bench seat Removing the bench seat The bench seat is properly released
when the red mark on label (A) on the
If after tilting, bench seat wrapping IMPORTANT The bench seat mobile part of the bench seat (fig. 70)
is required, pull the two levers A- (weighing 75 kg) shall be removed by is aligned with the green mark (B) on
fig. 66 set under the backrest (as two people at least. the fixed part of the bench seat.
specified on the plate) and tilt forward
the entire bench seat row (fig. 67). To remove the bench seat, lift and
then pull the two levers A-fig.68 (as
specified on the label). Make sure both
levers B-fig.69 are in released po-
sition (as specified on the label) (pin C
visible).
F0D0284m
F0D0293m
fig. 66 fig. 69
F0D0285m
F0D0286m
F0D0296m
fig. 67 fig. 68 fig. 70

When refitting the bench seat, make HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNING
sure it is firmly locked by pressing ped-
Front head restraints are adjustable Remember that the head
al A-fig. 71 (as specified on the label). restraints should be adjust-
Label green mark (A) on the mobile in height.
part of the bench seat shall be aligned ed to support the back of your head
To adjust: and not your neck. Only if they are
with the green mark (B) on the fixed in this position will they be able to
part of the bench seat, as shown in fig. press button A-fig. 71a and move
70. the head restraint up or down to the provide effective protection.
required position;
then, release the button and move
again the head restraint up or down to
check whether they are properly To lower it back to its original posi-
locked in the required position. tion: press the release button A-
fig. 71a and lower the head restraint
until refitting it into its seat on the
backrest.
Removal
To remove the rear seat head re-
straints:
1) raise the head restraint to the first
F0D0287m
F0D0184m
click
2) press button A-fig. 71a and then
remove it.
fig. 71 fig. 71a

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE WARNING DRIVING MIRROR
STEERING WHEEL It is absolutely forbidden to
The steering wheel of every version carry out whatever after- This mirror can be adjusted by means
can be adjusted vertically: market operation involving steering of lever A-fig. 72.
system or steering column modifi- 1 - normal position.
1) Move lever A-fig. 71b to position cations (e.g.: installation of anti-
1. theft Device) that could badly af- 2 - anti-dazzle position.
2) Adjust the steering wheel. fect performance and safety, cause This mirror is also fitted with a safety
the lapse of warranty and also re- device that releases the mirror in the
3) Take the lever back to position 2 sult in non-compliance of the car
to lock the steering wheel. event of an impact.
with homologation requirements.
WARNING
Only make adjustments
when the vehicle is sta-
tionary.
F0D0040m
F0D0168m
fig. 71b fig. 72

DOOR MIRRORS IMPORTANT Radio aerial (or ra- Electrical adjustment
Manual adjustment dio aerial + cellular telephone + GPS)
is built into the passengers door mir- The mirrors can only be adjusted
Adjust each of the two mirrors ror. electrically when the key is at MAR.
A-fig. 73. To adjust the mirror, turn knob B-
fig. 74 to one of the following four po-
sitions: 1 left mirror, 2 right mir-
ror, 3 left wide-angle, 4 right
wide-angle
WARNING
Once the knob has been positioned,
The reflecting surface of move it in the direction indicated by
the lower part of the mirror the arrows to adjust the reflecting sur-
is parabolic to increase the range. face of the selected mirror.
Consequently, the dimension of the
reflected image is reduced, giving
the impression that the object is
more distant than it is in fact. If the mirror makes it
difficult to get through
narrow gaps, fold it from
position 1 to position 2.
F0D0048m
F0D0041m
fig. 73 fig. 74

HEATING AND VENTILATION
F0D0185m
fig. 75
A - Windscreen defroster/demister - B - Front side window defroster/demister - C - Directional side vent - D - Directional
central vent - E - Vent under dashboard to convey air to the front footwell.

DIRECTIONAL AND CONTROLS fig. 78 It is however possible to have an op-
ADJUSTABLE AIR VENTS tional heater to be set under the dri-
A - Fan knob. vers seat.
fig. 76 and fig. 77
B - Air temperature knob (mixing Press button A-fig. 79 to switch the
A - Control for adjusting air flow: hot and cold air). heater on.
turned to = vent open C - Air distribution knob. Press the button again to switch it
turned to = vent closed D - Air recirculation slider to cut off off.
B - control for directing air flow. outside air.
C - fixed side window vent. Only one heater is fitted on all ver-
sions.
F0D0033m
The vents can be rotated upwards or
downwards.
fig. 78
F0D0058m
F0D0059m
F0D00167m
fig. 76 fig. 77 fig. 79

Certain versions can be fitted, in ad- HEATING DEMISTING AND/OR
dition to the climate control system, DEFROSTING
with an optional heater to be set un- Control settings for quick heating.
THE WINDSCREEN AND
der the last seat row and controlled 1) Air temperature knob: pointer in THE FRONT SIDE WINDOWS
by button B-fig. 80. Button A con- the red sector.
trols the climate control system. Control settings for quick demisting.
2) Fan knob: pointer at the required
speed. 1) Air temperature knob: pointer in
3) Air distribution knob pointer at: the red sector.
Z when the outside temperature is 2) Fan knob: pointer at top speed
low or when an increased air flow for 3) Air distribution knob: pointer at
demisting is required -.
O for normal heating After demisting, adjust the controls
M for heating the feet and keeping to keep the windows as clear as pos-
the face cool (bi-level function) sible.
N for warming the feet of the front IMPORTANT If the vehicle has a
passengers climate control system, you are rec-
ommended to adjust the controls as
when the outside temperature is described above and press button
cold to demist the windows to speed up the demisting process.
F0D0166m
fig. 80

DEMISTING AND/OR VENTILATION AIR RECIRCULATION
DEFROSTING THE REAR Control settings to obtain the re- With the slider at the internal
WINDOWS quired ventilation. air is recirculated.
Press button (. 1) Centre and side vents: complete- IMPORTANT This function is par-
You are advised to switch the button ly open. ticularly useful when the outside air
off as soon as the rear windows are is heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tun-
2) Air temperature knob: pointer in nel, etc.). You are advised against us-
clear. the blue sector. ing this function for long periods, how-
3) Air recirculation slider: pointer at ever, especially if there are a lot of pas-
. sengers in the vehicle as it could lead
to the windows misting up.
4) Fan knob: pointer at the required
speed.
5) Air distribution knob: pointer at
O.

CLIMATE CONTROL IMPORTANT This function speeds The Panorama and Combi versions
SYSTEM up the air cooling in summer. It is par- are equipped with a climate control
ticularly useful when the outside air system consisting of a main system and
is heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tun- a supplementary system (optional) fig.
CONTROLS fig. 81 nel, etc.). You are advised against us- 82 set on the left-hand wall near the
ing this function for long periods, how- first row seats.
A - Fan knob. ever, especially if there are a lot of pas-
B - Air temperature knob (mixing sengers in the vehicle.
hot and cold air). E - Climate control system on/off
C - Air distribution knob. button.
D - Air recirculation slider to cut off
outside air.
F0D0205m
F0D0074m
fig. 81 fig. 82

Turn knob fig. 83 under the roof to AIR CONDITIONING To reduce the cooling effect: posi-
turn the supplementary climate control (COOLING) tion the slider at , to increase the
system on. It will only work when the temperature and decrease the fan
main system is running. Control settings for quick cooling: speed.
Air flow is distributed to the back 1) air temperature knob: pointer at Do not switch the climate control
through the directional vents set under the blue sector system on for heating and ventilation.
the roof by lever A-fig. 84. 2) climate control system: press but- Use the ordinary heating and ventila-
ton tion system (see previous section).
Like for Panorama and Combi, also the
Van versions can be equipped with an 3) air recirculation slider: at IMPORTANT The climate control
optional climate control system to be set 4) air distribution knob: pointer at O system is very useful for clearing the
in the load compartment and to be 5) fan knob: pointer at the required windows rapidly because it dries the
switched on using the relevant console speed. air. Simply set the controls for demist-
controls. ing and turn the climate control sys-
tem on with button .
ADDITIONAL HEATER
Certain versions feature, under the
drivers seat, an additional heater us-
ing the same heating system controls.
F0D0049m
F0D0075m
fig. 83 fig. 84

LOOKING AFTER THE SELF-STANDING SUPPLEMENTARY
SYSTEM HEATER (where provided)
During the winter, the climate con-
trol system must be turned on at least The vehicle can be equipped, upon re- PROGRAMMABLE VERSION
once a month for about ten minutes. quest, with two different self-standing
heaters: one is totally automatic The supplementary heater is totally
Before summer, have the system whereas the other is programmable. independent from the engine and can
checked at a Fiat Dealership. be used to:
AUTOMATIC VERSION heat the passenger compartment
when the engine is off;
The supplementary heater is totally in-
dependent from the engine. defrost the windows;
This heater is switched on automat- heat the engine coolant and con-
ically (if required) when turning the ig- sequently the engine before starting.
nition key to MAR. The system consists of:
The system is filled with a diesel burner to heat coolant with
R134a refrigerant which exhaust fume muffler;
will not pollute the envi-
ronment in the event of leakage. WARNING a metering pump connected to the
Under no circumstances should The heater burns fuel in the vehicle fuel pipes to feed the burner;
R12 fluid be used as it is incom- same way as the engine,
though, of course, to a lesser degree a heat exchanger connected to the
patible with the system compo- engine cooling system pipes;
nents and contains CFC. and therefore to avoid intoxication
and suffocation, never use the sup-
plementary heater in closed areas,
garages or workshops not equipped
with specific exhaust evacuation
devices even for short periods of
time.

a control unit connected to the In cold weather, the supplementary The electronic control unit also con-
heater/ventilation unit for automatic heater automatically warms and cir- trols the circulation pump delivery in
operation; culates constant temperature fluid in order to reduce initial heating time.
the engine cooling system for the time When the fluid reaches a temperature
an electronic control unit to check required to ensure optimal engine ig- of 30C, the control unit operates the
and adjusted the integrated heater nition and cab temperature conditions. passenger compartment ventilation
burner; fan.
The heater can be started automat-
a digital timer A-fig. 85 to start the ically (programmed by means of the When the fluid temperature reaches
heater manually or to program staring digital timer) or manually by pressing 72C, the electronic control unit re-
time. the heat now button on the timer. duces the burner power and stops op-
eration when it reaches 76.5C. The
When the heater is turned on (au- timer, circulation pump and heater fan
tomatically or manually), the electronic are kept running. When the fluid tem-
control unit operates the fluid circu- perature drops under 71C the con-
lation pump and safely ignites the burn- trol unit automatically turns the burn-
er. er back on.
F0D0165m
fig. 85

IMPORTANT The heater is Turning the heater on Digital timer fig. 86
equipped with a thermal switch which
cuts off the heater in the event of Before turning the heater on check 1) Heater cycle warning light
overheating caused by low or leaking that:
2) Display light
coolant. In this case, press the pro- the heating/ventilation unit knob is
gram selection button to start the turned to warm air; 3) Clock pre-set recall number
heater again after repairing the cool- 4) Clock button
ing system fault and/or topping up the the heating/ventilation fan speed
fluid. knob is at position 2. 5) Hour forward button
The heater can turn itself off after en- 6) Program selection button
gine ignition or if the flame goes out. 7) Hour back button
In this case, turn the heater off man-
ually and attempt to turn it back on 8) Heat now button
again. If you cannot turn the heater on, 9) Display/adjust time warning light
contact a Fiat Dealership.
F0D0133m
fig. 86

Heat now function fig. 87 Setting the clock Programmed heating fig. 89
To turn the heater on manually, Press button 4: display and warn- Heater ignition can be delayed from
press timer button 8. The display and ing light 9-fig. 88 will light up. 1 minute to 24 hours. Three different
warning light 1 will stay on while the times can be programmed but only
heater is in use. Within 10 seconds, press button 5 one will be used.
or 7 to select the correct time.
To program starting time:
Programming the heater Keeping button 5 or 7 pressed will
fast forward or backward the clock. press button 6: either symbol 10
Before programming the heater, set or the previously programmed time
the clock. and number 3 (corresponding to the
Reading the clock fig. 88
preset function recalled) will light up
To read the clock, press button 4: for 10 seconds;
current time will be displayed for ap-
proximately 10 seconds. Warning light
9 will come on.
F0D0132m
F0D0134m
F0D0136m
fig. 87 fig. 88 fig. 89

IMPORTANT To recall other pre- Recalling a pre-set time fig. 90 Turning the heater off
set times, press button 6 within 10
seconds. Press the button 6 repeatedly until According to the operation mode
the required preset starting time ap- (automatic or manual), the heater can
press button 5 or 7 to select the pears on the display (number 3). After be turned off:
starting time required within 10 sec- 10 seconds, the time will disappear,
onds. number 3 and the display will light up automatically, after the preset
thus confirming starting time has been period of time (60 minutes when the
IMPORTANT Starting time disap- entered. display light is red);
pears and the number 3 (correspond-
ing to the selected preset time) ap- IMPORTANT To change or delete manually by pressing the heat
pears on the display to confirm the pre-set times, follow the instructions now button on the timer.
starting time has been entered. in the paragraphs above. In each case, the heater warning light,
the display and the passenger com-
Deleting a programmed partment fan will be turned off and the
starting time fig. 89 heater flame will be blown out.
To delete the programmed starting The coolant circulation pump will
time, press button 6 briefly: the dis- run for approximately two minutes af-
play light will go off and number 3 cor- ter the heater has been turned off to
responding to the selected preset dispose of as much heat as possible.
time will disappear. During this phase the heater can, how-
ever, be turned on.
F0D0135m
fig. 90

WARNING Always remember to turn the Follow the prescriptions in Vehi-
heater off when refuelling or standing cle maintenance section at paragraph
The heater burns fuel in the
same way as the engine, in service stations to avoid fires and Engine coolant level to check the
explosions. coolant level. The coolant in the cir-
though, of course, to a lesser degree cuit must contain at least 10% an-
and therefore to avoid intoxication Do not park the vehicle over in-
and suffocation, never use the sup- tifreeze fluid.
flammable material such as paper, dry
plementary heater in closed areas, grass or leaves: fire risk! Maintenance and repairs must al-
garages or workshops not equipped ways be carried out by a Fiat Deal-
with specific exhaust evacuation The temperature near the heater ership and only genuine spare parts
devices even for short periods of must never exceed 120C (e.g. during must be used.
time. painting operations in a workshop
oven). Higher temperatures could
damage the electronic control unit MAINTENANCE
components. Have the heater checked at a Fiat
When the engine is off, the heater Dealership periodically (always be-
runs off the battery: it is consequently fore winter). This will ensure safe and
important to run the engine for a cer- cheap running and long appliance life.
tain period of time in order to restore
the battery charge.

STEERING COLUMN Side/taillights fig. 91 Main beam headlights fig. 93
STALKS Turn the ring from to 6 to switch Push the stalk from position 2 to-
the lights on. Instrument panel warn- wards the dashboard to switch the
ing light 3 will come on. headlights on.
LEFT-HAND STALK
Instrument panel warning light 1
The left-hand stalk operates most of Dipped beam headlights fig. 92 will come on.
the external lights.
Turn the ring from 6 to 2. Pull the stalk towards the steering
The external lights can only be wheel to switch the lights off.
switched on when the ignition key is IMPORTANT The dipped beam
at MAR. The instrument panel and headlights will automatically be IMPORTANT The dipped beam
the heating/ventilation (or climate con- switched off when the main beam headlights will be automatically
trol system) controls and the cigar headlights are switched on if the front switched off when the main beam
lighter ring will come on with the ex- fog lights are on. headlights are on and the front fog
ternal lights. lights are switched on.
F0D0013m
F0D0014m
F0D0015m
fig. 91 fig. 92 fig. 93

Flashing the headlights fig. 94 Direction indicators fig. 95 RIGHT-HAND STALK
Pull the stalk towards the steering Move the stalk as follows:
wheel (temporary position) to flash Windscreen wiper/washer
the lights. upwards - to turn the right-hand in- fig. 96
dicators on
The device will only work when the
downwards - to turn the left-hand in- ignition key is at MAR.
dicators on.
Instrument panel warning light RE Positions
will flash. 0 - windscreen wiper off;
The direction indicators will auto- 1 - flick wipe;
matically be switched off when the ve-
hicle is straightened out. 2 - slow continuous wipe;
If you wish to signal a lane change 3 - fast continuous wipe;
where only a slight movement of the 4 - temporary: when released the
steering wheel is required, move the stalk returns to position 0 and auto-
stalk up or down without pushing it far matically switches the windscreen
enough to make it click. The stalk will wiper off.
return to the neutral position as soon
as it is released.
F0D0016m
F0D0017m
F0D0018m
fig. 94 fig. 95 fig. 96

SMART WASH fig. 97 REARVIEW PARKING SENSORS
Pull the stalk towards the steering CAMERA The parking system fig. 99 detects
wheel to send a jet of fluid to the
windscreen and operate the wiper Vehicles equipped with CONNECT and informs the driver about the pres-
with a simple gesture. The windscreen NAV+ can be fitted with an optional ence of obstacles in the rear part of
wiper will be operated automatically rearview camera. This camera fig. 98, the vehicle.
by holding the washer stalk for longer set on roof rear cross member dis- It is a valid support to identify fences,
than half a second. plays on the CONNECT NAV+ mon- walls, posts, vases with plants and the
itor the images of the rear part of the like or children playing behind the ve-
The windscreen wiper will flick three vehicle, thus supporting the driver
times after the lever is released. hicle.
during parking or reverse manoeuvres.
Operate the control repeatedly and When the reverse gear is engaged, the
rapidly (for less than half a second) to camera is automatically activated. In
spray the windscreen several times the same way, the camera is deacti-
without operating the windscreen vated when disengaging the reverse
wiper. gear.
F0D0020m
F0D0173m
F0D0223m
fig. 97 fig. 98 fig. 99

A special horn warns any people near CRUISE CONTROL IMPORTANT The cruise control
the vehicle that the driver is manoeu- can be engaged only with speeds high-
vring it. er than 40 km/h.
GENERAL FEATURES
Through four sensors located in the The device is automatically discon-
bumper, the system detects the dis- The cruise control, with electronic nected in one of the following cases:
tance between the vehicle and possi- control, allows driving the vehicle at
ble obstacles; the driver is warned by a desired speed, without pressing the pressing the brake pedal;
an intermittent acoustic signal with in- accelerator pedal. This allows reduc- pressing the clutch pedal;
creasing frequency, which is automat- ing the driving fatigue on motorways,
ically activated when the reverse gear especially during long journeys, be- inadvertently moving the automat-
is engaged. cause the memorised speed is auto- ic gearbox selector to N.
matically maintained.
WARNING WARNING
The Cruise Control must be Never set gear selector to
activated only when the N (vehicles fitted with au-
traffic and the path allow keeping, tomatic gearbox) when the vehicle
for a distance long enough, a con- is moving.
stant speed in complete safety.

CONTROLS fig. 100 To memorise the speed IMPORTANT In the case of need
(when overtaking for instance) accel-
The cruise control is controlled by Press button ON and take the ve- eration is possible simply pressing the
a set of controls located on the steer- hicle to the required speed normally. accelerator pedal; later, releasing the
ing wheel. accelerator pedal, the vehicle will re-
Press button + for at least three sec-
1) ON device on onds, then release it. The vehicle turn to the speed memorised previ-
2) OFF device off speed is memorised and it is therefore ously.
possible to release the accelerator
3) RES to reset the memorised pedal. To reset the memorised speed
speed
The vehicle will carry on its ride at If the device has been disengaged for
4) + to store and to keep the vehicle the constant memorised speed until example pressing the brake or clutch
speed or to increase the speed memo- one of the following condition occurs: pedal, the memorised speed can be re-
rised set as follows:
pressing the brake pedal;
5) to lower the speed memorised. accelerate gradually until reaching
pressing the clutch pedal; a speed approaching the one memo-
IMPORTANT Pressing button
OFF or turning the key to STOP, inadvertently moving the automat- rised;
the memorised speed is cancelled and ic gearbox selector to N. engage the gear selected at the
the system disengaged. time of speed memorising (4th or 5th
speed);
press button RES.
F0D0160m
fig. 100

To increase the memorised To set to zero the memorised Do not engage the device in town or
speed speed in busy flowing traffic conditions.
The speed memorised can be in- The memorised speed is automati-
creased in two ways: cally reset:
1 - pressing the accelerator and then turning the engine off;
memorising the new speed reached
(pressing button + for more than pressing button OFF. WARNING
three seconds); The cruise control can be en-
2 - pressing briefly button +: each gaged only with speeds high-
pressing will correspond to a slight in- er than 40 km/h. The device may on-
crease in speed (about 2.5 km/h) while WARNING ly be engaged in 4th or 5th gear, de-
pressing continuously will correspond When travelling with the pending on the speed of the vehicle.
to a continuous speed increase. Re- cruise control on, do not On vehicles with electronic automat-
leasing the button the new speed will move the gearshift lever to neutral ic gearbox it can only be engaged
be memorised automatically. and to not move the automatic with selector to D, in automatic mode
gearbox selector to N. We suggest without then moving the selector
To reduce the memorised to engage the cruise control only manually, or with 3rd or 4th gear in se-
speed when the traffic and road condi- quential operation. Travelling down-
tions allow doing it in complete hill with the device engaged, the ve-
The speed memorised can be re- hicle speed may increase more than
duced in two ways: safety and so: straight and dry
roads, freeways or motorways, the memorised one, due to the
1 - disengaging the device (for in- smooth flowing traffic and even as- change in the engine load.
stance pressing the brake pedal) and phalt.
then memorising the new speed
(pressing button + for more than
three seconds);
2 - pressing button until reaching
the new speed which will be memo-
rised automatically.

WARNING CEILING LIGHT CONTROLS
In the event of defective
device operation or unsuc- The lights come on automatically
when a front door is opened. CENTRAL BUTTON PANEL
cessful operation, press button fig. 103
OFF and contact the Fiat Dealer- Press button A-fig. 101 to switch
ship after checking the protection both lights on with the doors closed A - Heated rear window on/off
fuse well-being. Deactivate the de- or open. (where provided)
vice when you are not using it to When the heated rear window is
prevent accidental speed memori- Press button C to light the right lamp switched on, also the door mirror de-
sation. only. Press button B to light the left frosting function is activated. It is how-
lamp only. ever possible to activate the defrost-
A second ceiling light can be found ing function without switching on the
over the rear door in the load com- heated rear window: the control but-
partment. Press the short side of the ton is the same.
plastic lens as shown in fig. 102 to B - Front fog lights on/off
switch this light on.
C - Hazard lights on/off
F0D0037m
F0D0038m
F0D0032m
fig. 101 fig. 102 fig. 103

All direction indicators will flash and LEFT-HAND BUTTON FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH
the instrument panel warning lights r PANEL
and y come on when the button is This a safety cut-off switch located in
pressed regardless of the ignition key Button panel in fig. 104 is used on the engine compartment on the dash-
position. Minibus, Ambulance and 4WD ver- board bulkhead fig. 105 which comes
sions for adding special optional equip- into operation in the case of an acci-
ment. dent to block the supply of fuel there-
by stopping the engine.
WARNING
The use of hazard lights is
governed by the Highway WARNING
Code of the country you are in. If, after an accident, you
Keep to the rules. can smell petrol or see that
the fuel feed system is leaking, to
avoid the risk of fire, do not reset
the switch.
D - Rear fog lights on/off.

E - ASR system (Antislip Regulation)
on/off.
F0D00164m
F0D105m
fig. 104 fig. 105

Inspect the vehicle carefully to make BATTERY CUT OUT INTERIOR
sure there is no fuel leak in the en- EQUIPMENT
gine compartment, under the vehicle Vehicle is equipped with a battery cut
or near the fuel tank. out, fitted into the control unit (CBA)
located over the battery positive pole,
If you cannot see any fuel leaks and operating in concurrence with inertial GLOVE COMPARTMENT/
the vehicle is in a fit state to continue switch intervention and providing to ODDMENT TRAY
its journey, press button A-fig. 105 cut out starter motor power supply. The right-hand side of the dashboard
to reactivate the fuel supply system, as is fitted with oddment trays of differ-
illustrated. If the vehicle can restart after the ac-
cident, the battery cut out button, yel- ent size fig. 108 designed to contain
Remember to turn the ignition key low colour, must be on to allow start- documents, papers or small objects.
to STOP to prevent running the bat- ing. According to versions, the glove
tery down. compartment lid can be fitted with a
To connect battery cut out again,
with ignition key off, remove cover B- lock openable with the vehicle key.
fig. 106 and push the yellow button
C-fig. 107 on the positive pole of the
battery.
F0D0652m
F0D0653m
F0D0062m
fig. 106 fig. 107 fig. 108

The central dashboard is fitted with In versions with three seats in the cab, IMPORTANT Never use the writ-
bottle holder fig. 109. a grid container for small objects or pa- ing desk in vertical position when trav-
pers can be found under the passen- elling.
gers bench seat fig. 110.
In the cab, with double passenger
Pockets and an additional bottle seat it is possible to have a special
holder can be found on the door pan- desk.
els.
It is contained in the upper part of
the central seat backrest; to tilt it
WRITING/READING DESK move band A - fig. 112 and pull the
In the middle of the dashboard, backrest forwards.
F0D0054m
above the sound system compart- Clip B is to be used to hold sheets/

ment, is fitted a mobile writing desk papers.
A-fig. 111 that can be used as a read-
ing desk by lifting the rear part and
then resting the proper support on
the dashboard B.
fig. 109
F0D0079m
F0D0055m
F0D0225m
fig. 110 fig. 111 fig. 112

OBJECT HOLDER/ When tilted, the box cover becomes To prevent the risk of running the bat-
FOOD BOX a writing/reading desk with a clip to tery down, the system is connected via
hold sheets/papers, similar to that the ignition key; as a result the box will
A special (optional) box can be found shown in fig. 112. only work when the engine is running.
in the cab between the drivers seat
and the passengers single seat, avail- You should remove perishables from
able in two models: object box or Refrigerator version (food box) the box if you leave the vehicle parked
food box fig. 113. In the refrigerator version, the box for longer than two hours.
has an internal space of about 12 litres For proper operation it is necessary
Object holder version capacity that can contain 2 one and a that ventilation grids (outside the box
half litre bottles. In this version the and on one of the inside walls) should
In the object holder version, the box box is insulated and it is fitted with an
has an internal space of about 12 litres not be clogged.
electric device to warm up or cool the
capacity suitable to contain a medium box interior as required. Turn the switch to:
size portable PC. On the outside it has 1 = to warm (red led on);
a document holder pocket, a bottle This box can be used as food con-
holder (for one and a half litre plastic tainer. Food shall be suitably packed 2 = to cool (green led on).
bottles) and a can or glass holder slot. to avoid direct contact with the inner
walls of the box.
When used for cooling, a tempera-
ture difference of approx. 18 C can
be achieved between the temperature
inside the box and that of the passen-
F0D0249m
ger compartment after a certain time

of operation (with insulated cover and
plug closed). The lowest possible tem-
perature that can be reached in any
case is not lower than 8 -10 C.
fig. 113

CURRENT SOCKET Do not use current sockets for ac- Correct functioning is only ensured
cessories with power over 180 W if the accessories are fitted with a ho-
The vehicle is fitted with current (max. intake 15 A). mologated plug, as installed on all Lin-
socket A-fig. 114 on the dashboard eaccessori Fiat components.
(beside the central oddment tray) and
current socket B (only on vans) on
rear door right post. SPECIAL VEHICLE SETUP
Do not use the sockets SOCKET
Panorama versions have the current for accessories with pow-
socket located near the door post oper over the max. specified Under the foot board there is a spe-
posite to the side sliding door (C- one. cial connector (fig. 116) that can be
fig. 115). used by those companies that modify
vehicles to connect an additional bat-
Current sockets are both powered tery for specific equipment such as am-
when the ignition key is at MAR. IMPORTANT With the engine off bulances, mobile offices, etc.
and the ignition key at MAR, pro-
longed use (e.g.: for more than an
hour) of accessories with high current
intake could deploy the battery, even
preventing the engine from starting.
F0D0036m
F0D0280m
F0D0248m
fig. 114 fig. 115 fig. 116

ASHTRAY AND CIGAR To remove the ashtray, pull B up- WARNING
LIGHTER wards as shown in fig. 118.
The cigar lighter gets very
Use: In Panorama versions, passenger ash- hot. Be careful how you
trays are located in side upholstery. handle it and make sure it is not
1 - to use the cigar lighter press but- used by children: danger of fire or
ton A-fig. 117 after approximately 15 IMPORTANT Always check that burns.
seconds it will return automatically to the cigar lighter has turned off.
its initial position and it is ready for use.
2 - to open the ashtray, pull the cov-
er B in arrow direction.
WARNING
Do not use the ashtray as a
waste paper basket: con-
tact with lit cigarettes could cause
a fire.
F0D0035m
F0D0034m
Never use the cigar

lighter as current socket
since it could be dam-
aged! For this kind of use (in-
cluding mobile phones recharge)
only use the current sockets (A,
B, or C) shown on previous page.
fig. 117 fig. 118

SUN VISORS fig. 119 CENTRE SIDE REAR MULTIMETER
These are positioned to the sides of WINDOWS
the rearview mirror. They can only (Panorama and Combi versions) See the booklet provided by the mul-
swing up or down. timeter Manufacturer for more de-
The centre side windows can slide tailed information on operation and
The driver and passengers sun visors horizontally. use.
are both equipped with a document To open the windows, operate the
pocket on the back and also the in- Multimeter is compulsory on vehicles
tab as shown in figure fig. 120. with weight exceeding 3.5 tons (with
structions for demisting the front win-
dows. or without trailer).
IMPORTANT Changes to the in-
strument or to the signal transmission
system which effects the instrument
recordings, especially for fraudulent
purposes, may be a criminal offence.
IMPORTANT For all versions fit-
ted with tachograph (excluding the
Minibus version), it is suggested to re-
move the 10 A red fuse marked with
F34 (CFO control unit on dashboard
right side) in case of prolonged vehi-
cle stop (over 10 days).
F0D0056m
F0D0087m
fig. 119 fig. 120

IMPORTANT NOTES DOORS Locking by hand from the
Do not use abrasive detergents or outside
solvents to clean the device. To clean WARNING Turn the key to position 1-fig. 121.
its external surface, use a wet cloth or Make sure it is safe to open
special products for cleaning synthet- a door before doing so. Opening by hand from
ic materials. the inside
The multimeter is installed and Lift sill button A-fig. 122 and pull the
sealed with lead by authorised per- DRIVERS CAB DOORS door handle B.
sonnel: access to the device and rele-
vant power and recording cables is Locking the door by hand
forbidden. Opening by hand from
the outside from the inside
The vehicle owner is responsible for
governing the instrument use. The in- Turn the key to position 2- Close the door and press sill button
spection must be carried out at least fig. 121and pull the door handle in the A.
every two years and will include a test direction of the arrow.
to confirm correct operation.
After the inspection, check that the
plate is updated with specified data.
F0D0082m
F0D0083m
fig. 121 fig. 122

SIDE SLIDING DOOR The sliding door opens in the same MOBILE FOOT BOARD
way as the drivers cab door. fig. 124 (where provided)
The side sliding door is equipped When opening cab or load com-
WARNING with a lock that stops it at the end of partment side door, a foot board will
its opening run. Push the outer handle come out under the vehicle floor to
When leaving the vehicle A-fig. 123 (or the corresponding in- make easier to get into the vehicle.
parked with the sliding ner one) to arrow direction.
doors open, always check that the
door hooks are properly fastened In any case, always make sure that
into the retaining device. the door is correctly fastened in the
door open catch.
WARNING
Always make sure the foot
board is fully retracted be-
WARNING fore moving off. Since the foot
Do not move the vehicle board is interlocked with the side
with side doors open. sliding door, if the foot board is not
fully retracted or rear doors are not
perfectly closed will cause instru-
ment panel warning light com-
ing on.
F0D0084m
F0D0658m
fig. 123 fig. 124

REAR DOUBLE DOORS Opening the first door by hand Closing the second door
from the inside (2-fig. 125) by hand (1-fig. 125)
Opening the first door by hand Lift sill button A-fig. 126 and pull the Close the door and press handle C-
from the outside (2-fig. 125) door handle B. fig. 111 inwards (position 127).
Turn the key to position 2-fig. 121 The double rear doors are fitted with
and pull the door handle in the direc- Opening the second door a catch which stops the opening at an
tion of the arrow. by hand (1-fig. 125) angle of approximately 90.
Pull handle C-fig 127 in the direc- IMPORTANT For proper use of
Locking the first door by hand tion shown (position 2).
from the outside (2-fig. 125) the 2 rear swing-doors always make
sure that swing-door 1 (fig. 125) is se-
Turn the key to position 1-fig. 121. Closing the first door by hand cured before closing swing-door 2.
from the inside (2-fig. 125)
Close the door and press button A-
fig. 126.
F0D0178m
F0D0162m
F0D0179m
fig. 125 fig. 126 fig. 127

WARNING REAR DOUBLE DOOR Closing the door:
The catch system is de- TOTAL OPENING TO 270 pull the door outwards, releasing
signed to ensure the best Open and close the door as de- it from the two magnetic pads
comfort in use. An accidental knock scribed previously.
or gust of wind could release the Refit the catch and close the door.
doors and make them close. Opening the door completely:
release the 90 catch A-fig. 128 Keep the contact sur-
faces of the magnets on
Open the door fully against the the door and on the side
It is possible to increase the open- sides; two magnetic pads B-fig. 129 clean to keep the magnetic pads
ing angle of the two doors to facilitate will hold the door open. efficient.
loading and unloading operations. Re-
lease the catches A-fig. 128. This will
allow opening the doors by approxi-
mately 180. WARNING
Do not move the vehicle
with the rear doors open.
WARNING
When open to 180 the
doors are not blocked. Do
F0D0081m
F0D0245m
not use this system when the vehi-
cle is parked on a slope or when it
is windy.
fig. 128 fig. 129

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING After the two minutes, the control A - to open/close left window
unit is ready to receive commands
IMPORTANT Central door locking once more. If the reason for the mal- B - to open/close right window.
is active on all doors if front doors (cab functioning has been removed, the de-
doors) are used for opening/closing. The door handle on the passenger
vice will start to work properly again. side has a button C-fig. 132 to con-
When operating one of the rear or If not, it will cut once more. trol that particular window.
side door lock, only that door will be
locked/unlocked. FRONT DOOR WINDOW
REGULATORS
From the outside
When the doors are closed, insert Manual control
F0D0120m
and turn the key in the lock of one of Use the window winder A-fig 130 to
the drivers cab doors. open or close the door window.
From the inside Electric control
When the doors are closed, press There are two buttons fig. 131 to
(to lock) or lift (to unlock) one of the control the front door electrical win-
drivers cab door safety sill buttons. dows located in the inside handle of
IMPORTANT If one of the cab the drivers door. They work when
doors is not shut properly or there is the key is turned to MAR: fig. 131
a failure in the system, the central
F0D01870m
F0D0121m
locking feature will not work and, af-
ter some attempts, the device will stop
working for about 2 minutes. In these
two minutes, the doors can be locked
or unlocked manually without the
electrical system coming into play.
fig. 130 fig. 132

WARNING BONNET WARNING
Improper use of the electri- Perform this operation on-
cal windows can be danger- OPENING ly when the vehicle is sta-
ous. Before and during their oper- Proceed as follows: tionary.
ation ensure that any passengers in
the vehicle are not at risk from the Pull the lever on the left-hand side
moving glass either by personal ob- of the steering column A-fig. 133.
jects getting caught in the mecha-
nism or by being injured by it di- Lift the bonnet from the front by WARNING
rectly. raising lever B-fig. 134. The bonnet might fall vio-
Release the support rod from its lently if the support rod is
clip C-fig. 135 and insert it in recess not positioned properly.
D in the bonnet.
WARNING
Always remove the ignition
key when you get out of the
vehicle to prevent the electric win-
dows being operated accidentally
and constituting a danger to the
F0D0053m
F0D0180m
people left in the vehicle
fig. 133 fig. 134

WARNING CLOSING WARNING
Scarves, ties and other Proceed as follows: For safety reasons the bon-
loose articles of clothing net shall always be perfect-
could easily get caught up in mov- 1) hold the bonnet up with one hand ly closed when travelling. Always
ing parts. This can be extremely and, with the other, remove rod fig. check for proper bonnet locking. If
dangerous for the wearer. 135 from recess D replace it in its clip the bonnet is left inadvertently open,
C; stop the car immediately and close
2) lower the bonnet at approx. 20 the bonnet.
cm from the engine compartment and
then let it drop, ensuring that it is ful-
ly closed and not just held in position
by the safety catch. If the bonnet does
WARNING not close properly do not push it
Be very cautious operating down but open it again and repeat the
the engine compartment above procedure.
when the engine is hot - danger of
burns! Wait until the engine cools.
F0D0181m
fig. 135

HEADLIGHTS Have the headlight positioning WARNING
checked at a Fiat Dealership and
ADJUSTING THE FRONT Check the positioning of
adjusted if necessary. the headlight beams every
HEADLIGHT BEAM
When the vehicle is loaded, it time you change the load to be car-
The correct positioning of the head- slopes backwards. This means that ried.
light beams is very important for the the headlight beam rises. In this case,
comfort and safety, not only of the it is necessary to return it to the cor-
person driving the vehicle but also all rect position.
other road users.
This is achieved by turning knob A-
This is also covered by a specific law. fig. 136 to the load condition illus-
To ensure you and other drivers trated on the following page.
have the best visibility conditions when
travelling with the headlights on, the
headlights must be set properly.
F0D00043m
fig. 136

Version Position 0 Position 1 Position 2 Position 3
Van (11- 15) driver only do not use do not use full load
Camping Car (11 - 15) driver only do not use full load do not use
Van and Camping car (MAXI) driver only do not use full load do not use
Panorama and Combi (11) 1, 2 or 3 people on all seats occupied all seats occupied driver
front seats plus max load on plus max load on
front seats rear axle rear axle
plus front seat row
occupied
Panorama and Combi (15) 1, 2 or 3 people on all seats occupied do not use all seats occupied
front seats plus last seat row plus max load on
occupied rear axle
driver + max load
on rear axle
Panorama 4WD (11) with max limit 1, 2 or 3 people on all seats occupied do not use all seats occupied
in load compartment of 550 kg. front seats plus max load on
front seats rear axle
plus last seat row driver + max load
occupied on rear axle
Minibus - School Bus (MAXI) - Ambulances all load conditions do not use do not use do not use
Truck - Crew cab - Chassis cowl (11 and 15) driver only do not use full load do not use
Truck - Crew cab - Chassis cowl (MAXI) driver only do not use full load do not use
IMPORTANT Do not use positions identified in the table with do not use for vans, trucks and crew cabs.
IMPORTANT Contact Fiat Dealership for checking and adjusting front fog lights.

ABS If you have never driven a vehicle WARNING
with ABS before, you should practice
The ABS exploits the tyre-
The vehicle is fitted with an ABS using the system on slippery terrain, road grip available to the
braking system (optional), which pre- obviously with the necessary safety
precautions and keeping to the High- full, but it cannot improve it; you
vents the wheels from locking when should therefore take every care
braking, makes the most of road grip way Code of the country you are in. when driving on slippery surfaces,
and gives the best control when emer- It is also a good idea to read the fol-
lowing information carefully. and not take unnecessary risks.
gency braking under difficult road con-
ditions. The advantage in using the ABS sys-
The driver can tell the ABS system tem is that it continues to give you
has come into play when he feels the maximum manoeuvrability even when WARNING
brake pedal pulsating slightly and the braking hard in conditions of poor grip If the ABS system cuts in it
system gets noiser. by preventing the wheels locking. is a sign that the grip be-
tween the tyre and the road surface
This should not be interpreted as a You should, however, not expect the has reached the limit: you must
fault in the brakes; on the contrary it braking distance to always decrease: slow down to match the speed to
is a sign that the ABS system is work- for example surfaces with gravel or the road grip available.
ing: it tells the driver that the vehicle fresh snow on a slippery road will in
is travelling at the limit of its road grip fact increase the braking distance.
and that he should alter his speed to To exploit the ABS system to the full
fit the type of road surface. in the event of necessity, you should WARNING
The ABS system is an addition to the take heed of the following advice: If there is a fault, the warn-
basic braking system. If there is a mal- ing light > will light up on
function, the system turns off auto- the dashboard. At this point, reduce
matically and only the ordinary brakes speed and go to a Fiat Dealership
continue to work. to have your vehicle checked and
put right immediately.
If a failure occurs, and consequently
the anti-lock function is not effective,
the braking system will continue to
work as usual.

Braking while cornering always re- The system is completed with an elec- WARNING
quires extreme care even when using tronic brakeforce distributor called
Warning light > alone,
ABS. EBD which improves braking system
with the engine running,
performance by means of the ABS sys-
The most important advice to follow tem control unit and sensors. normally indicates a fault in the
is this: ABS system only. In this case, the
braking system is still efficient,
though without the anti-locking de-
vice. Under these conditions, per-
WARNING WARNING formance of the EBD system may
When the ABS cuts in, and The vehicle is fitted with an be reduced. In this case too, you are
you feel the brake pedal electronic brakeforce dis- advised to go immediately to the
pulsating, do not remove your foot, tributor (EBD). The > and x nearest Fiat Dealership, driving in
but keep it pressed. In doing so you warning lights come on at the same such a way to avoid sharp braking
will stop in the shortest amount of time when the engine is running to to have the system checked over.
space possible under the current indicate that there is an EBD sys-
road conditions. tem failure. In this case violent
braking may be accompanied by
early rear wheel locking with the
possibility of skidding. Drive ex-
tremely carefully to the nearest Fi- WARNING
at Dealership to have the system
checked. If the x brake fluid low
If you follow these tips you will be warning light comes on,
able to brake better in any situation. stop the vehicle immediately and
contact the nearest Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT Vehicles fitted with Fluid leaks from the hydraulic sys-
ABS shall only be fitted with wheel rims, tem, in fact, can compromise brake
tyres and brake pads of the make and system operation, both traditional
model approved by the vehicle manu- systems and systems with ABS.
facturer.

FRONT AND SIDE The front airbag (driver and passen- In case of crash, a person not wear-
AIRBAGS ger) has been designed to protect the ing the seat belt moves forward and
occupants in the event of head-on may come into contact with the cush-
crashes of medium-high severity, by ion while it is still inflating. Under this
FRONT AIRBAGS placing the cushion between the oc- circumstance the protection offered
cupant and the steering wheel or dash- by the airbag is reduced.
Description and operation board. The front airbag (driver and passen-
The front airbag (drivers and passen- In case of crash, an electronic con- ger) is therefore not a replacement of
gers) is a safety device which comes in- trol unit processes the signals from de- but is complementary to the use of
to action in the event of a head-on col- celeration sensor and, when required, belts, which should always be worn, as
lision. triggers the inflation of the cushion. specified by law in Europe and most
non-European countries.
It consists of a cushion that inflates The bag inflates instantly and acts as
instantaneously contained in a special In the case of minor head-on colli-
a protective barrier between the front sions, (for which the restraining action
recess: seat passengers and the structures in of the seat belt is sufficient) the airbag
in the centre of the steering wheel front of them that could cause injury. is not triggered.
for the driver; fig. 137; The bags deflate immediately after-
wards. In collisions against highly deformable
in the dashboard and with a bigger or mobile objects (such as road signs,
cushion for the passenger fig. 138. heaps of gravel or snow, parked vehi-
cles, etc.), in rear crashes (such as
bumps from behind by another vehi-
F0D0131m
F0D0169m
cle), side impacts, and in case of wedg-

ing under other vehicles or protective
barriers (for example under a truck or
guard rail), the airbag is not triggered
as it offers no additional protection
compared with the seat belts, conse-
quently, it would be pointless.
fig. 137 fig. 138

Therefore, failure to come into ac- FRONT AIRBAG WARNING
tion in the above circumstances does PASSENGER SIDE SERIOUS DANGER If it is
not mean that the system is not work- absolutely necessary to car-
ing properly. The passengers front airbag has been
designed and calibrated to improve the ry a child on the front pas-
Airbag system efficiency is constant- protection of a person wearing seat senger seat with the cradle
ly monitored by an electronic control belts. childs seat facing back-
unit. wards, the front passengers air bag
If warning light (A-fig. 139) At its maximum inflation, its volume must be deactivated using the key
comes on when travelling (indicating a fills most of the space between the switch. In this case it is absolutely
fault), have immediately the system dashboard and the passenger. necessary to check the warning
checked and repaired at a Fiat Deal- light F (see paragraph Passen-
ership. gers front air bag) to make sure
that deactivation has actually tak-
en place.
WARNING
With passengers air bag
active, never place childs
seats with the cradle facing back-
wards since the air bag activation
could cause to the child serious in-
F0D0190m
juries, even mortal, regardless of the

seriousness of the crash that trig-
gered it. You are advised to carry
children always with proper re-
straint systems on the rear seats, as
this is the most protected position
in the case of a crash.
fig. 139

Manual deactivation The key-operated switch (A- SIDE BAGS fig. 142
fig. 140) has two positions:
Should it be absolutely necessary to The purpose of the side bag is to
carry a child on the front seat, the pas- front passengers airbag on (posi- protect the front seat passengers
sengers airbag can be deactivated. tion ON P): instrument panel warn- chest in the event of a side impact of
ing light off F; it is absolutely pro- medium to high degree.
Deactivation/reactivation takes place hibited to carry a child on the front
with ignition key at STOP and oper- seat. The device consists of a bag housed
ating it in the special key switch on the front passengers airbag off (posi- in the front seat backs which imme-
left side of the tachograph. tion OFF F): instrument panel diately inflates. This solution ensures
warning light on F; it is possible to that the bag is in an optimal position
IMPORTANT Operate the switch regardless of the seat position.
only when the engine is not running carry a child protected by special re-
and the ignition key is removed. straint system on the front seat. In the event of a side impact, the con-
The instrument panel warning light trol unit processes the signals from a
F (B-fig. 141) stays on permanent- deceleration sensor and fires the side
ly until the passengers airbag is reac- bag.
tivated. The bag inflates instantly and acts as
Deactivation of the front passengers a soft protective barrier between the
airbag does not inhibit operation of front seat passengers chest and vehi-
the side airbag. cle door. The bag deflates immediate-
ly afterwards.
F0D0163m
F0D0227m
F0D0042m
fig. 140 fig. 141 fig. 142

In the event of low speed side colli- GENERAL WARNINGS The airbag system has a validity
sions (for which seat belts are suffi- of 14 years as to the pyrotechnic
cient protection), the airbag is not trig- The front and/or side airbags charge and 10 years as to the coil
gered. Also in this case, it is important may be deployed if the vehicle is contact (see the plate set on the
to wear seat belts at all times. This will subject to heavy knocks or acci- left front door post near hinges).
ensure correct positioning of the pas- dents involving the underbody
senger and prevent being projected area, such as for example violent As these dates approach, con-
from the vehicle in the event of very shocks against steps, kerbs or low tact Fiat Dealership for replace-
violent crashes. obstacles, falling of the vehicle in ment.
big holes or sags in the road.
The side bag (driver and passenger) If an accident has triggered the
is therefore not a replacement of but Triggering of the airbags re- airbag, contact a Fiat Dealership
is complementary to the use of belts, leases a small amount of powder. so that the whole safety device,
which should always be worn, as spec- This powder is not harmful and electronic control unit, belt, pre-
ified by law in Europe and most non- does not indicate the start of fire. tensioners can be replaced and
European countries. The unfold cushion surface and have the electric system checked
the vehicle interiors could be cov- over.
ered by dusty remains: this dust
could irritate skin and eyes. In All control, repair and replace-
case of contact, wash yourself us- ment operations concerning the
ing neutral soap and water. airbags must only be carried out
at a Fiat Dealership.
If you are having the vehicle
scrapped, have the airbag system
deactivated at a Fiat Dealership
first.

If the vehicle changes owner- WARNING WARNING
ship, the new owner must be in-
When the passengers front Do not apply stickers or
formed of the method of use of airbag is active (passenger other objects to the steer-
airbags and the above warnings
and also be given this Owner front airbag deactivation switch at ing wheel or to the airbag console
ON), the F warning light will on the passengers side. Never trav-
Handbook. come on for approx. 4 seconds and el with objects on your lap, in front
The triggering of pretensioners flash for other four seconds when of your chest or with a pipe, pencil,
and front and side airbags is de- the ignition key is turned to MAR to etc. between your lips; injury may
cided in a differentiated manner remind the driver that the passen- result in the event of the airbag be-
by the electronic control unit, de- gers front and side airbags (where ing triggered.
pending on the type of crash. The provided) will be fired in the event
failure to deploy one or more of of a crash. The warning light should
them does not mean that the sys- go off immediately afterwards.
tem is not working properly.
WARNING
If the warning light does WARNING WARNING
not turn on when turning If the vehicle has been Always keep your hands on
the ignition key to MAR or if it stays stolen or an attempt to the steering wheel rim
on when travelling, this could indi- steal it has been made, if it has when driving, so that if the airbag
cate a failure in safety retaining sys- been subjected to vandals or floods, is triggered, it can inflate without
tems; under this condition air bags have the airbag system checked by meeting any obstacles which could
or pretensioners could not trigger Fiat Dealership. cause serious harm to you. Do not
in the event of collision or, in a re- drive with the body bent forwards,
stricted number of cases, they could keep the seat back rest in the erect
trigger accidentally. Stop the car position and lean your back well
and contact Fiat Dealership to have against it.
the system checked immediately.

WARNING WARNING EOBD SYSTEM
On vehicles equipped with The correct operation of (petrol versions only)
side bags, do not cover the front and side airbags and
backrest of the front seats with pretensioners is only ensured if the The EOBD (European On Board Di-
trims or covers. vehicle is not overloaded. agnosis) system fitted on the vehicle
complies with Directive 98/69/CE
(EURO 3).
This system continuously monitors
WARNING the engine emission system compo-
WARNING nents. Furthermore, the system warns
Remember that with the Do not wash the seat back the driver of deterioration concerning
key engaged and in the in vehicles with side bags the emission system components by
MAR position, even with the en- with pressurised steam or water in means of the U warning light on the
gine not running, the airbags may automatic seat washing station. instrument panel.
be triggered on a stationary vehi-
cle if it is bumped by another mov- The objective is to:
ing vehicle. Therefore, never seat monitor system efficiency;
children on the front seat even
when the vehicle is stationary. On WARNING warn when failures can increase
the other hand, remember that The airbag does not substi- emissions over the threshold estab-
with the vehicle stationary, with- tute the seat belts, but on- lished by the European regulations;
out the key engaged and turned, ly increases their effectiveness. warn of the need to replace dete-
the airbags are not triggered in the Moreover, since the front airbags riorated components.
event of an impact; in these cases, do not come into operation in the
failure to come into action of the event of front impact at low speed,
airbags cannot be considered as a side collisions, bumps from behind
sign that the system is not working or overturning, in these circum-
properly. stances the occupants would only
be protected by the seat belts which
must therefore always be fastened.

Furthermore, the system is equipped ASR SYSTEM The action of the ASR is particularly
with a connector for interfacing with (Antislip Regulation) helpful in the following circumstances:
specific tools used to read the error
codes stored in the control unit mem- slipping of the inner wheel due to
ory along with a set of diagnostic and The ASR system controls the vehicle the effect of dynamic load changes or
engine specific parameters. drive and cuts in automatically every excessive acceleration.
time one or both driving wheels slip.
too much power transmitted to
In slipping conditions, two different the wheels also in relation to the con-
Contact a Fiat Dealer- control systems are activated: ditions of the road surface.
ship as soon as possible if
the U warning light ei- if the slipping involves both the dri- acceleration on slippery, snowy or
ther does not come on when the ving wheels, the ASR function inter- frozen surfaces.
key is turned to MAR or comes venes reducing the power transmitted
by the engine; in the case of loss of grip on a wet
on, with fixed or flashing light, surface (aquaplaning).
when travelling. Warning light U if slipping involves only one driving
operation can be checked by wheel, the ASR system cuts in auto-
means of special equipment by matically braking the wheel that is slip-
traffic agents. Always comply ping. WARNING
with the road traffic regulations
in force in the Country where you The performance of the
are travelling. system, in terms of active
safety should not induce the driver
to take pointless and unnecessary
IMPORTANT After eliminating the risks. The style of driving must in
problem, your Fiat Dealership will any case always be adapted to the
run a bench test to fully check the sys- conditions of the road surface, vis-
tem. In some cases, a long road test ibility and traffic. Road safety is al-
may be required. ways the drivers responsibility.

SWITCHING THE ASR For correct operation of the ASR ASR system failure indication
SYSTEM ON AND OFF system the tyres must absolutely be of In the event of malfunctioning, the
the same brand and type on all ASR system is automatically discon-
The ASR function switches on auto-
matically each time the engine is
wheels, in perfect conditions and, nected and the warning light V on
above all, of the specified type, brand the instrument panel comes on with
started. and size. fixed light.
When travelling the device can be IMPORTANT When travelling on
switched off and on again pressing Press once button A-fig. 143 to
snowy road with snow chains, it may check that the signalled information is
switch A-fig. 143 on the centre con- be helpful to turn the ASR device off:
sole. correct:
in fact, in these conditions, slipping of
Function deactivation is indicated by the driving wheels when moving off button pressed, the warning light
the instrument panel warning light A- makes it possible to obtain better goes off, no ASR system faults are de-
fig. 144 coming on. If the ASR func- drive. tected;
tion is turned off when travelling, it button pressed, the warning light
will be restored at the following start- stays on, ASR system fault detected.
up. In this case the vehicle will go o as a
vehicle not equipped with this system.
Anyway, you are recommended to go
to a Fiat Dealership as soon as pos-
sible.
F0D0206m
F0D0251m
fig. 143 fig. 144

SOUND SYSTEM LIGHT SET-UP For the Panorama version, four ad-
ditional speakers are provided, two on
The system consists of: the right and two on the left side, set
Visit a Fiat Dealership if radio power supply cables one in the body side and the other on
you want to fit a sound the top of the pillar.
system after buying the dashboard front speaker cables
vehicle. They can advise you on For the Combi version, two addi-
housing for the radio tional rear speakers are provided, one
how to safeguard battery life. Ex-
cessive idle intake can damage aerial and relevant wire per body side.
the battery and may invalidate The sound system should be installed
the warranty. HEAVY SET-UP in the compartment occupied by the
The system consists of: object tray which can be removed by
releasing the two retaining tabs A-
radio power supply cables fig. 145.
dashboard front speaker cables The power supply, speaker connec-
dashboard speakers tion and aerial cables can be found in
this compartment.
door speaker cables
door speakers
housing for the radio
F0D0171m
aerial and relevant wire.
fig. 145

IMPORTANT The cables are se- SOUND SYSTEM (optional) The wiring diagram is as follows
cured to the heater cables bundle with The complete system consists of: (fig. 148):
adhesive tape to cut out noise.
system set-up (see previous para- Connector A
For speakers, use the housings at the graph)
ends of the dashboard fig. 146: A1 Vehicle speed
sound system (radio with cassette A2 Booster
A - left-hand speaker housing or CD player) with removable front
B - right-hand speaker housing. panel (for features and operation, see A3 Spare
the attached Sound system supple- A4 Key-controlled power (+15)
To install: dismantle the press-fitted ment).
dashboard panel and insert the speak- A5 Aerial power
er in its special recess. A6 Light
To fit speakers in the doors, loosen A7 Power + (battery)
screws A-fig. 147 and remove the A8 Ground
protection grid. After securing the
speakers refit the protecting grid.
F0D0061m
F0D0060m
F0D0672m
fig. 146 fig. 147 fig. 148

Connector B CELLULAR PHONE WARNING
B1 Door speaker SET-UP Max. aerial power is 20W.
passengers side (+)
B2 Door speaker IMPORTANT The optional cellu-
passengers side (-) lar phone set-up is bound to Heavy
B3 Dashboard speaker set-up or Radio purchase.
right side (+) The system set-up consists of:
B4 Dashboard speaker dual-purpose aerial (sound system The wiring connection diagram is:
right side (-) + cellular phone), built into the pas-
B5 Dashboard speaker sengers door mirror; 1 Sound system MUTE function.
left side (+) 2 Spare.
dual-purpose aerial connection
B6 Dashboard speaker wires and ten-pin connector wiring 3 Cellular phone INPUT ground
left side (-) fig. 149; signal ().
B7 Door speaker
drivers side (+) front door speakers. 4 Cellular phone INPUT ground
signal (+).
B8 Door speaker
drivers side (-) 5 Spare
AERIAL 6 Spare
Aerial is built into the passengers 7 Ignition switch power (+15).
F0D0106m
door mirror. 8 Spare

9 Battery power (+).
WARNING
See the information given 10 Ground.
in the Accessory installa-
tion section when making electri-
cal connections so as not to dam-
age the system.
fig. 149

Have the cellular phone and the con- RADIO ROOF RACK/
nections to the system installed by a TRANSMITTERS AND SKI RACK
Fiat Dealership. CELLULAR
TELEPHONES Use the special pins fitted to the edge
Cellular telephones and other radio of the roof panel to attach the all-pur-
transceiver equipment (e.g. HAM ra- pose roof rack support bars fig. 150
dio system) must not be used inside Vehicles with long wheelbase have
The hands-free tele- the vehicle unless a separate aerial is eight pins and those with short or
phone you purchase will mounted on the outside of the vehicle. medium wheelbase, six.
need to be compatible IMPORTANT The use of cellular There are two different types of pins
with your cellular telephone. telephones, HAM transmitters or oth- for fastening the roof rack in place:
er similar devices inside the passenger
compartment (without external aeri- A - pins for vans with normal and
al) produces RF electromagnetic fields high roof
which, amplified by the resonance ef- B - screw with housing for roof rack
fects inside the passenger compart- closed with a threaded plug for vans
ment may cause vehicle electrical sys- with extra high roof.
Have the cellular tele- tem to malfunction.
phone and the connec-
tions to the system in- Moreover, the transmission and re-
stalled by a Fiat Dealership only. ceiving quality deteriorates due to the
F0D0088m
This will ensure the best results screening effect of the vehicle body.
and prevent problems which
could impair vehicle safety.
fig. 150

AT THE FILLING Never put even the tini- DIESEL ENGINES
STATION est amount of leaded
petrol in the fuel tank of
your Ducato even in an emer- The vehicle must only
gency. You would damage the be filled with diesel fuel
PETROL ENGINES for motor vehicles, in
catalytic converter beyond re-
Use unleaded petrol only. pair. compliance with European Spec-
ification EN590. The use of other
However, to avoid mistakes, the fu- products or mixtures may ir-
el filler is too small for the leaded reparably damage the engine
petrol pump. with invalidation of the warran-
Octane rating (R.O.N.) must not be ty due to the damage caused. In
lower than 95. the event of accidentally filling
with another type of fuel, do not
An inefficient catalytic start the engine and empty the
converter will allow tank. If the engine has been run
harmful exhaust fumes to even for only a very short time,
be emitted and thus contribute in addition to the tank, it is also
to air pollution. necessary to drain out the whole
fuel circuit.
F0D0193m
fig. 151

Diesel fuel fluidity decreases at low If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable FUEL FILLER CAP
temperatures due to the paraffin it for the temperature of use, add
contains and can clog up the fuel filter. DIESEL MIX to the fuel, in the pro- The fuel filler cap C-fig. 153 is fitted
portions written on the container. Pour with a key lock and a device B secur-
To avoid possible problems, fuelling the antifreeze into the fuel tank before ing it to the lid A so that it cannot be
stations usually sell summer, winter or the fuel. lost.
arctic (mountain/cold areas) fuel ac-
cording to the period of the year. DIESEL MIX antifreeze is effective Open lid A-fig. 152 pressing where
only if it is added before the cold be- indicated by the arrow to get to the
gins to take effect on the fuel. Adding fuel filler cap.
the product after will not have any ef- When refuelling, position the cap on
fect. the flap as shown in fig. 153.
F0D0139m
fig. 152

IMPORTANT The airtight seal of If required, replace the PROTECTING THE
the cap may lead to a slight increase of fuel cap with another gen-
pressure in the tank. A hissing sound uine cap to avoid affecting ENVIRONMENT
when the cap is removed is therefore the efficiency of the fuel vapour
quite normal. recovery system. Protection of the environment has
been the guiding principle in the design
After refuelling, screw the cap until of the Fiat Ducato right from the start.
hearing one or more clicks, turn the The result is the use of materials and
key and then remove it.. close the lid. creation of devices that can reduce or
IMPORTANT Moreover, before considerably curtail harmful influences
starting the engine, for the sake of on the environment.
safety, check whether the refuelling WARNING The devices for curtailing petrol en-
gun is properly hung onto the fuel Keep naked flames or light- gine emissions are:
pump. ed cigarettes away from a three-way catalytic converter;
the fuel filler hole as there is a dan-
ger of fire. Do not bend too close to a lambda sensor;
the hole either so as not to breathe a fuel evaporation system.
in harmful vapours.
The devices for curtailing diesel en-
gine emissions are:
an oxidising catalytic converter;
F0D0140m
an exhaust gas recirculation system

(E.G.R.) (for certain versions).
Consequently, the Fiat Ducato is
ready to travel well ahead of the most
stringent international pollution control
standards.
fig. 153

GETTING THE BEST OUT OF YOUR VEHICLE
STARTING HOW TO START PETROL IMPORTANT Do not leave the ig-

VERSIONS nition key at MAR when the engine is
THE ENGINE off.
IMPORTANT Do not press the
accelerator until the engine has start- Minibus and School Bus versions:
WARNING ed. press the ignition enable button lo-
cated to the left of the steering col-
It is dangerous to let the en- 1) Ensure that the handbrake is up. umn as shown in the specific supple-
gine run in a garage of oth- 2) Put the gear lever into neutral. ment to this handbook.
er closed area. The engine con-
sumes oxygen and gives off carbon 3) Press the clutch pedal down to
dioxide, carbon monoxide and oth- the floor without touching the accel-
er poisonous fumes. erator.
4) Turn the ignition key to AVV and
release it as soon as the engine starts.
If the engine does not start at the
first attempt, return the ignition key
WARNING
to STOP before trying to start the
Never touch the high volt- engine again.
age cables (spark plug ca-
bles) when the engine is running. If the warning light Y stays on when
the ignition key is at MAR, turn the
key to STOP and then to MAR; if the
warning light stays on, try with the
other keys provided.
If you are still unable to start the en-
gine, go to a Fiat Dealership.
GETTING THE BEST OUT OF YOUR VEHICLE 105

HOW TO START DIESEL The warning light m GENERAL NOTES
VERSIONS will flash (for approxi-
mately 60 seconds) at
1) Ensure that the handbrake is up. start-up or during prolonged SELENIA 20K (petrol en-
cranking to signal a fault in the gines) is recommended
2) Put the gear lever into neutral. when the vehicle is mainly
glow plug heating system. You
3) Press the clutch pedal down to can use the vehicle as usual if the used in relatively mild climates. If
the floor without touching the accel- engine starts but you should con- however, the vehicle is mainly
erator. tact a Fiat Dealership as soon as used where the climate is partic-
possible to have problem seen to. ularly severe, the use of SELENIA
4) Turn the ignition key to MAR. In- PERFORMER MULTIPOWER
strument panel warning lights m and (petrol engines) or SELENIA WR
Y will come on. (diesel engines) is recommended.
Intake air heater (Heat Flange)
5) Wait for the instrument panel
warning light Y to go out. An air heating device is fitted on the
intake manifold inlet in 2.8 JTD ver-
6) Wait for the instrument panel sions to facilitate starting the engine in
warning light m to go out. The hot- cold weather.
ter the engine is, the quicker this will
happen. This device will be switched on au-
tomatically when the key is turned to If the engine does not start first time,
7) Turn the key to AVV immediate- MAR. return the key to STOP before try-
ly after the m warning light goes out. ing to start the engine again.
The heater is fitted in all 2.8 JTD ver-
If you wait too long, you will lose the sions with EGR system. It is optional If warning light Y remains lit when
benefit of the work done by the glow for other JTD versions. the ignition key is at MAR, turn the
plugs. key to STOP and then to MAR; if the
The engine start-up procedure is the warning light stays on, try with the
Release the key as soon as the engine same with and without the heater. other keys provided.
starts.
106 GETTING THE BEST OUT OF YOUR VEHICLE

If you still cannot start the engine, HOW TO WARM UP Catalysed vehicles must
get in touch with a Fiat Dealership. THE ENGINE AFTER IT not be bump started
HAS JUST STARTED (pushed, towed or coast-
IMPORTANT When the outside ed downhill) as this could cause
temperature is low, it is important to (petrol and diesel versions)
fuel to flow into the catalytic ex-
note that the use of a more fluid oil Begin to move forward slowly let- haust system and damage it be-
will facilitate starting the cold engine. ting the engine turn at medium revs. yond repair.
Therefore, in winter, follow the advice Do not accelerate abruptly.
in chapter Technical specifications,
paragraph Fluids and lubricants. Do not push the engine to its lim-
it for the first few kilometres. You are
IMPORTANT Never leave the igni- recommended to wait until the
tion key at MAR when the engine is off. coolant temperature indicator starts
to move.
Minibus and School Bus versions:
press the ignition enable button lo-
cated to the left of the steering col- EMERGENCY START-UP
WARNING
umn as shown in the specific supple- If the Fiat CODE system fails to Remember that until the
ment to this handbook. recognise that code transmitted by the engine has started the
ignition key (warning light Y on the brake booster and power steering
instrument panel lit) the emergency systems will not work and a greater
start-up can be performed by using the effort will therefore be required to
CODE card code. depress the brake pedal or turn the
See the In an emergency section. steering wheel.

SWITCHING OFF PARKING HANDBRAKE
THE ENGINE The handbrake lever is located on
Switch off the engine, pull up the the left-hand side of the drivers seat.
Turn the ignition key to STOP while handbrake and engage a gear (1st gear
the engine is idling. or reverse, according to whether the Pull the lever upwards as far as it will
vehicle is facing up or downhill) and go to apply the handbrake. Instrument
leave the wheels turned. If the vehi- panel warning light x will come on
A quick burst on the ac- cle is left on a steep slope, wedges or when the key is turned to MAR.
celerator before turning a rock should be used to lock the IMPORTANT The vehicle must be
off the engine serves ab- wheels. blocked after three or four lever re-
solutely no practical purpose and Do not leave the ignition key at leases when the vehicle is empty; the
wastes fuel. It can also damage MAR to prevent running the battery number of releases necessary to block
turbo-charged engines. down. Always remove the key when it depend on the load and on the road
you leave the vehicle. slope.
In case of problems, contact a Fiat
WARNING Dealership to have it adjusted.
IMPORTANT After a taxing drive Never leave children unsu-
you should allow the engine to catch pervised in the vehicle.
its breath before turning it off by let-
ting it idle to allow temperature in the
engine compartment to fall.
F0D0044m
fig. 1

To release the handbrake: USING THE IMPORTANT Only engage the re-
MANUAL GEARBOX verse gear when the vehicle is com-
1) slightly lift the handbrake and press pletely stationary.
release button A-fig. 1;
Press the clutch fully before shifting With the engine running, before en-
2) keep the button pressed and low- the gear stick into one of the positions gaging reverse, wait for at least 2 sec-
er the lever. Warning light x will go shown in the diagram fig. 2 (the dia- onds with the clutch pedal pressed to
out; gram is also on the gear lever knob). avoid damaging the gears and grating.
3) press the brake pedal when car- To engage reverse, lift the sliding ring
rying out this operation to prevent the A under the knob and shift the lever
vehicle moving accidentally. to the left and forth.
IMPORTANT Pull the handbrake WARNING
lever only when the vehicle is at a You must press the clutch
standstill, or when the vehicle is run- fully down to change gear
ning, but however only in case of a fail- properly. It is therefore essential
ure of the hydraulic system. that there is nothing under the ped-
Should the handbrake be exception- als. Make sure that mats are lying
ally used when the vehicle is running, it flat and do not get in the way of
is suggested to keep a moderate trac- pedals.
tion to avoid causing the rear axle
block, entailing vehicle side skidding.
F0D0057m
fig. 2

ELECTRONIC STARTING STOPPING THE VEHICLE
AUTOMATIC After starting the engine, with the en- To stop the vehicle, simply press the
GEARBOX gine idling and keeping the brake ped- brake pedal regardless of the position
al pressed, move the gearshift lever to of the gearshift lever.
(2.8 JTD versions position D. Release the brake pedal
IMPORTANT Removing the igni-
only) and gradually press the accelerator
tion key is only allowed with the
pedal.
gearshift lever in position P and for a
The automatic gearbox fitted on Fi- IMPORTANT Movement of the maximum time of 30 seconds from
at Ducato features four speeds plus lever from position P is allowed only when the engine is turned off P, when
reverse with self-adapting control (i.e. with the ignition key at MAR and the the door is opened a buzzer will sound
capable of adapting to the drivers dri- button on the lever and the brake ped- for about 15 seconds to alert the dri-
ving style), which transmits power al pressed. ver.
continuously and with very fast elec-
tro-hydraulic gear engagement times. In the case of an emergency (faults,
Do not attempt to ob- flat battery, etc.) the ignition key can
STARTING THE ENGINE tain peak performance be removed from the switch fitting a
until the engine has screwdriver in hole in fig. 3 set under
The engine can be started only with reached normal operating tem- the ignition switch and pressing up-
the gearshift lever in the P or N posi- perature. wards
tion.
For safety reasons, it is advisable to
F0D0236m
start the engine with the brake pedal

pressed.
WARNING
IMPORTANT When moving off af- With the engine idling, also
ter starting the engine, do not press on a level surface, and the
the accelerator pedal before and dur- gearshift lever in position D or R,
ing the movement of the gearshift the vehicle tends to move if the
lever. This is particularly important brake pedal is not kept pressed.
when the engine is cold.
fig. 3

SELECTING AUTOMATIC/ Sector A of the lever: automatic AUTOMATIC OPERATION
SEQUENTIAL MANUAL operation.
For automatic operation move the
OPERATION The display fig. 5 will show lever po- gearshift lever to the right sector A-
The main feature of this gearbox is sitions: P - R - N - D. fig. 4 in one of the four positions:
the possibility of being used in the au- Sector B of the lever: sequential P = parking
tomatic or sequential manual mode. manual mode.
The operating mode is chosen posi- R = reverse
tioning the gearshift lever in the right The display fig. 6 will show the dif-
ferent engaged ratios: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4. N = neutral
sector A-fig. 4 (automatic gearshift-
ing) or left sector B (sequential man- D = forward gear.
ual gearshifting).
F0D0247m
P - Parking
To prevent accidental movements, the
lever can only be moved to position P
with the button C-fig. 4 pressed.
When the vehicle is parked, always set
the lever to this position. A device in
the gearbox locks the driving wheels.
fig. 5
F0D0237m
F0D0239m
WARNING
Always pull the handbrake
completely before leaving
the vehicle.
fig. 4 fig. 6

WARNING IMPORTANT Removing the igni- R - Reverse
tion key is only allowed with the
Move the gearshift lever to Move the gearshift lever to R with
position P when getting out gearshift lever in position P and for a
maximum time of 30 seconds from the vehicle stationary, the engine idling
of the vehicle leaving the engine when the engine is turned off P, when and the brake pedal pressed.
running.
the door is opened a buzzer will sound To prevent accidental movements,
for about 15 seconds to alert the dri- the lever can only be moved to this
ver. position with the button C-fig. 4
Move the gearshift lever to position pressed.
P with the vehicle stationary and the In an emergency (flat battery) it is
engine idling before switching off. possible to move the gearshift lever With the lever in position R the re-
from position P, pressing the clamp- verse lights turn on and a buzzer
For safety reasons the ignition key ing device fig. 7 set under the gearshift sounds for about 4 seconds to warn
can only be removed with the gearshift lever cap. the driver.
lever in this position.
IMPORTANT With the lever in
position R, reverse gear is not engaged
if the vehicle speed exceeds the es-
WARNING tablished limit (approx. 12 km/h).
Before moving the lever When the speed falls below this value,
from position P, press the reverse gear engages and stays en-
brake pedal: the vehicle must be gaged even if the limit is exceeded.
stationary.
F0D0240m
WARNING
IMPORTANT Movement of the
lever from position P is only allowed Before moving the lever,
pressing the button C-fig. 4 with the press the brake pedal: the
brake pedal pressed. vehicle must be stationary.
fig. 7

N - Neutral D - Forward gear In the same way, during braking a
lower gear is engaged to better exploit
This corresponds to the neutral po- This is the position to be used when the braking action of the engine. If
sition of a standard manual gearbox. driving forward normally. The elec- there is another bend the new ratio
tronic control unit controls automat- will be engaged already when slowing
This position is to be used if the ve- ic engagement of the 4 gears depend-
hicle is to be pushed or towed. down before the bend, this way at the
ing on the position of the accelerator, end of the bend the gearbox will not
driving speed, engine rpm, longitudinal have to shift gear to cope with accel-
and transversal acceleration and the eration.
type of road.
WARNING The electronic gearbox can chose
between different operating pro- WARNING
With the engine idling and grammes, which range between com-
the gearshift lever at N the With the engine at idle
fortable economy driving and sporty speed and the gearshift
vehicle tends to move by inertia if driving coming into operation between
it is not on a level surface: keep the lever at D, the vehicle tends to move
the lowest and the highest speed. also on a level surface: keep the
brake pedal pressed when the lever
is at N. Pressing the accelerator pedal quick- brake pedal pressed until moving off.
ly the gearbox will immediately select
the sportier programme to meet the
request for increased performance. To
disengage the function release the ac- Kickdown
celerator by at least 1/4 of the stroke. To obtain optimum acceleration, for
example when overtaking, the gearbox
will kickdown by two gears simply by
quickly pressing fully home the accel-
erator pedal (in 1/10 of a second).
Engagement of the next longer ratio
will take place when the maximum
rpm limit is reached.

Engaging the automatic SEQUENTIAL MANUAL IMPORTANT If the request to
WINTER programme OPERATION downshift would cause engine
(only with lever in D) overevving, this is eliminated by the
For the sequential manual operation electronic control unit. Moreover, if
Press button A-fig. 8 to engage the mode, move the lever to the left sec- the manually engaged gear causes en-
automatic WINTER programme that tor B-fig. 4 with two positions: gine overevving, the electronic control
makes the vehicle starting in 2nd gear. (+) = engagement of the higher ra- unit will shift gear automatically to the
This mode is recommended under tio; most appropriate one (AUTO-UP).
poor grip conditions (snow, ice, mud,
etc.). () = engagement of the lower ratio.
Use this function only when required Moving the gearshift lever to the
in poor grip road conditions then con- manual sector is only possible from
tinue driving with the WINTER func- position D: the ratio selected by the
tion off. automatic gearbox when the lever is WARNING
moved will remain engaged. When the sequential man-
The WINTER function shall always
be off on slopes. When the sequential manual mode is ual mode has been set and
selected, the display shows the en- a high gear is engaged, to acceler-
gaged gear fig. 6. ate rapidly, for example to over-
take, it is necessary to downshift
To select the higher ratio move the by hand: the kickdown feature
lever in the (+) direction and to shift cannot be engaged!
down move the lever to ().
F0D0241m
fig. 8

Moving the lever back to position D FAILURE INDICATIONS Warning light glowing steadi-
the gearbox instantly resumes the au- ly = automatic gearbox oil maximum
tomatic mode selecting the ratio ac- Automatic gearbox faults are indi- temperature.
cording to the driving characteristics. cated by the warning light A-fig. 9 on
the instrument panel. If the warning light turns on and
glows steadily when travelling, this in-
IMPORTANT The electronic con- Turning the ignition key to MAR the dicates that the gearbox oil has
trol unit is programmed to change warning light should turn on and go reached the maximum temperature.
gear one at a time, therefore repeat- out after about 4 seconds. If the warn- You are therefore advised to stop the
ed fast actuations will not result in re- ing light stays on or if turns on when vehicle with the engine at idle speed
peated engagements of the gears. The travelling, this indicates a gearbox fault and gearshift lever in N or P (in
higher or lower gear is engaged mov- (flashing light) or gearbox oil over- this case engine cooling fans are on),
ing the lever to the (+) or () position heating (steadily glowing light). until the warning light goes out and re-
when the previous request has been sume your journey without pushing
performed. the engine to peak performance.
In the event of a fault to the sequen- If the warning light turns on again, it
tial manual system, the system will se- is necessary to stop again with the en-
lect the automatic mode. gine idling until it goes out.
If there are less than 15 minutes be-
tween one turning on of the warning
light and the next, you are advised to
stop the vehicle, do not switch off the
F0D0192m
engine but allow the engine-gearbox

unit to cool down completely (both
engine cooling fans off).
fig. 9

Warning light flashing = auto- WARNING If the vehicle is to be towed, adhere
matic gearbox fault. to the following recommendations:
When travelling with the
Warning light flashing at starting or gearbox faulty, the revers- if possible, carry the vehicle on the
when travelling indicates a fault in the ing gear lock might not be active: floor of a rescue vehicle;
automatic gearbox. absolutely never move the lever to
the R position with the vehicle on if this is not possible, tow the ve-
The automatic control system sets the move. hicle raising the driving wheels (front)
an emergency programme engaging from the ground;
the 3rd gear.
if this, too, is not possible, the ve-
Switching the engine off and then on hicle should not be towed for more
again, the self-test system could ex- BUMP STARTING than 200 km at a speed of no more
clude the fault and therefore turn off than 50 km/h.
the warning light. The failure is how- Starting by pushing or towing the ve-
ever stored and the automatic gear- hicle is not possible. In the event of an When towing, the gearshift lever
box shall be checked at a Fiat Deal- emergency, when the battery is flat, should be at N.
ership. start the vehicle with a suitable emer-
gency battery, following the instruc-
tions given in section In an emer-
gency at paragraph Jump starting.
TOWING THE VEHICLE Do not start the engine

while the vehicle is being
WARNING towed.
IMPORTANT For towing the ve-
When travelling with the hicle comply with current local regu-
gearbox faulty, drive with lations and follow the instructions giv-
the utmost care in consideration of en in section In an emergency at The failure to comply
the limited performance (in terms paragraph Towing the vehicle. with these instructions
of acceleration and speed) that the may cause serious dam-
vehicle can offer. age to the automatic gearbox.

CONSTRUCTION FEATURES GENERAL FEATURES gearshift lever position;
DUCATO automatic gearbox is con- Electronic gearbox control makes it accelerator pedal position;
trolled electronically with four for- possible to obtain gearshifting suited
ward gears and reverse. to momentary engine characteristics brake pedal position.
with a certain elasticity. The control unit also communicates
It is controlled by an electronic con-
trol unit which handles: The electronic control unit has the with the injection system electronic
following task: control unit.
the torque distributor;
adapting the oil pressure for Conditions of use analysed by
gearshifting; gearshifting to the engine torque; the control unit
specific programmes. activating safety functions; The control unit analyses each single
The gearbox is coupled with a flow defining the manual gearshifting condition of use of the vehicle, dis-
power torque distributor with piloted programme; criminating it on the basis of the sig-
antislip device which makes it possible nals received from the various sensors.
to obtain demultiplication ratios. system diagnostics.
Analysed conditions are the follow-
The characteristic of this gearbox For controlling these operating log- ing:
which works without idle gear enables: ics the control unit uses the follow-
ing signals: starting (position/accelerator ped-
higher compactness and weight real changing speed);
duction; engine rpm;
acceleration (accelerator pedal
improved output due to less fric- engine temperature; completely pushing down speed);
tion;
engine torque; full load (number of engine full load
lower stress of transmission com- kickdown signals or position mainte-
ponents. vehicle speed;
nance time);
gearbox oil temperature;

braking (accelerator pedal release Gearshift programme control Automatic programme
time and braking system operation);
To optimise vehicle handling the This comprises 16 gearshifting pro-
type of programme (gearshift se- electronic control unit has the fol- grammes.
lector lever position); lowing memorised programmes:
In relation to the vehicle speed and
winter driving (driving wheel automatic operation; torque transmitted, the control unit
torque reduction); detects the slope of the road surface
manual operation; and depending on the sporty features
driving with trailer or uphill (vehi- chosen, it autonomously chooses the
cle speed in relation to transmitted winter driving (to be selected
through button WINTER); programme most suited to the situa-
torque) tion.
driving downhill (vehicle accelera- engine warming up;
During gearshifting, the gearbox con-
tion in relation to the position of the protection against excessive gear- trol unit asks the injection control unit
accelerator pedal); box oil temperature . to momentarily reduce the torque.
driving in towns or queues (accel- The duration of torque reduction
erator pedal position and vehicle varies depending on the travelling con-
speed); ditions.
gear required by the driver
(gearshift lever position);
cold starting (engine temperature).

Manual sequential programme Engine warming up programme SAFE DRIVING
This function enables manual se- This programme allows the engine to
quential use of the gearbox merely reach normal operating temperature In designing Ducato, Fiat has made
moving the selector lever to the left. in the shortest time possible (de- every effort to come up with a vehicle
pending on the outside temperature) able to provide driver and passengers
Each time the lever is pressed only highering the gearshifting points, in re- with top-class levels of safety. Never-
one gear is shifted: more than one shift lation to engine temperature. theless it is always the behaviour of the
cannot be obtained. person at the wheel that determines
The programme engages automati- road safety.
To avoid overevving or excessively cally after starting, if the engine tem-
low engine rpm, the control unit in- perature is below 30 C and it remains In the following pages you will find
hibits requests for gearshifting that active up to 34 C. some simple tips to help you travel in
would cause such situations. safety under different conditions. You
will no doubt be familiar with many of
Excessive gearbox oil them already but it will be useful to
Winter driving programme
temperature programme read them all carefully.
This programme is engaged by press-
ing button WINTER near the This is activated when the gearbox
gearshift lever, oil temperature reaches 120 C and it
remains active down to 117 C.
in case of driving wheel skidding and
it changes to specific gears. To facilitate oil cooling, this pro-
gramme inhibits gearshifting, either up
Starting is possible only in 2nd gear. or down. It is however possible to use
On snowy roads use however snow the manual programme.
chains and/or tyres.
The WINTER function shall always
be off on slopes.

BEFORE GETTING BEHIND brake fluid level, WARNING
THE WHEEL windscreen washer fluid level. Driving while drunk or un-
Make sure all light, including the der the influence of drugs
headlights, are working properly; WHEN TRAVELLING or certain medicines is dangerous
for both you and other road users.
adjust the position of seats and dri- The first rule of safe driving is pru-
ving and door mirrors properly for the dence;
best driving position;
prudence also means putting your-
make sure that nothing (mats, etc.) self into a position where you can pre-
gets in the way of the pedals when dict wrong or imprudent behaviour
they are pushed down; from other drivers;
WARNING
make sure that any child restraint stick closely to the rules of the Always fasten both front
systems (child seats, cradles, etc.) are road in the particular country where and back seat belts
properly fixed; the vehicle is being driven and, above (Panorama, Minibus, Combi and
place any objects in the load com- all, do not exceed speed limits; Crew Cab versions). Travelling with
partment in such a way that they can- ensure that, besides yourself, all the the seat belts unfastened increas-
not be thrown forwards in the event other passengers in the vehicle have es the risk of injury or death if you
of an accident; their seat belts fastened, that children are in a collision.
light eating will help keep your re- are sitting in the appropriate child
flexes prompt. Above all, do not have seats and any animals in the vehicle are
anything alcoholic to drink. placed in suitable compartment;
Remember to periodically check: you should be physically fit and
mentally alert before setting out on
tyre pressure, long journeys.
engine oil level,
engine coolant level and cooling
system conditions,

WARNING WARNING DRIVING AT NIGHT
Do not drive with objects Water, ice or salt sprinkled These are the main rules to follow
on the floor in front of the on the road can deposit on when you are driving at night:
drivers seat: they could caught un- the brake discs and reduce effi-
der the pedals making braking or ciency of the first braking. drive especially carefully: it is hard-
accelerating impossible. er to drive at night;
slow down especially if the road is
not lit;
at the first signs of sleepiness, stop:
continuing would be a risk for yourself
WARNING Do not drive too many hours at a and everybody else. Only start driving
Pay attention to the mats: time but stop at intervals to stretch again when you have had enough rest;
even a small problem to the your legs and recoup your energy;
keep a greater safety distance from
braking system may require in- make sure the air in the passengers the vehicles in front of you than dur-
creased brake pedal stroke with re- compartment is being changed ing daylight hours: it is hard to judge
spect to normal. continuously; how fast other vehicles are going when
never coast downhill (i.e. with the all you can see are their lights;
engine off): if you do, you lose the aid make sure the headlights beams are
of engine braking, power brakes and properly positioned: if they are too
power steering so that braking re- low, they reduce visibility and strain
quires greater effort on the pedal and your eyes. If they are too high they can
steering requires greater effort on the dazzle other drivers. Adjust headlight
steering wheel. beam according to transported load;
only use main beam headlights
when you are driving outside town
and when you are sure they do not an-
noy other drivers. dip your headlights

as soon as you see vehicles coming in Do not drive through puddles at IMPORTANT On stretches of
the other direction and pass them with speed and hold on tightly to the wheel road with good visibility, switch off
the headlights dipped; if you do: a puddle taken at high speed your rear foglights; the brightness of
might cause you to lose control of the these lights could annoy the people
keep all lights clean; vehicle (aquaplaning); travelling in the vehicles behind.
be careful of animals crossing the Position the ventilation controls for Remember that fog also means the
road when driving in the country. Slow demisting (see section Getting to taramac is wet and therefore ma-
down to avoid the risk of running know your vehicle), to prevent visi- noeuvres of all kinds are more difficult
them over. bility from worsening; and stopping distances are longer;
DRIVING IN THE RAIN Routinely check the conditions of keep a good distance from the ve-
the windscreen wiper blades. hicles in front of you;
Rain and wet road surfaces spell dan-
ger. All manoeuvres are more difficult as far as possible, avoid spurts of
DRIVING IN FOG speed or sudden deceleration;
on a wet road because the grip of the
wheels on the tarmac is greatly re- If the fog is thick, do not start out do not overtake other vehicles if
duced. This is why braking distances on a journey unless you absolutely possible;
are much longer and road-holding is have to.
lower.
If driving in mist, blanket fog or when
Here is some advice for driving in the there is the danger of fog patches:
rain:
keep your speed down;
reduce speed and maintain a
greater safety distance from the vehi- turn on the dipped headlights, rear
cles in front; fog lights and front fog lights, if fitted,
even during the day. Do not drive with
If it is raining particularly heavily, your headlights at main beam.
visibility is also reduced. In these cas-
es, switch on the dipped headlights
even if it is still daylight so you can be
seen more easily;

if you are forced to stop your ve- DRIVING ON SNOW in the winter, even apparently dry
hicle (breakdown, limited visibility, AND ICE roads may have icy patches. Be care-
etc.) try to stop off the road. Turn on ful therefore when driving over
the hazard lights and, if possible, the Here are some tips for driving in stretches that do not get much expo-
dipped beam headlights. Rhythmically these conditions: sure to the sun or are lined with trees
sound the horn if you release anoth- keep your speed down; or rocks where ice might not have
er vehicle is coming. melted;
use chains if the roads are covered
with snow; keep a good distance from the ve-
DRIVING IN THE hicles in front.
MOUNTAINS do not park the vehicle with the
engine running for long periods of DRIVING WITH ABS
Check fluid levels (oil, brake fluid, time: snow could divert exhaust fumes
coolant) and tyre wear before driving into the passenger compartment; ABS is a braking system that es-
in the mountains; sentially offers two advantages:
mainly use the braking effect of the
when driving downhill use the en- engine and under all circumstances 1) It prevents wheel lock and con-
gine braking effect by engaging a low avoid braking sharply; sequent skidding in emergency stops,
gear so as not to overheat the brakes; particularly when the road does not
when braking a vehicle not fitted offer much grip.
under no circumstances should you with ABS, reduce the possibility of the
drive downhill with the engine off or wheels locking by varying the pressure 2) it makes it possible to brake and
with the gear in neutral, let alone with you exert on the brake pedal; steer at the same time and direct the
the ignition key out; vehicle where you want while braking.
do not accelerate suddenly and
drive at moderate speed and avoid avoid swerving;
cutting corners;
remember that overtaking while
going uphill is slower and therefore re-
quires more free road. If you are be-
ing overtaken while driving uphill,
make it easier for the other vehicle
to pass.

To get the most out of ABS: CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS
During emergency stops or when
grip conditions are poor, you will feel
a slight pulsation on the brake pedal. Some suggestions which may help Unnecessary loads
This is the sign that the ABS is work- you to keep the running costs of the
ing. Do not release the brake pedal but vehicle down and lower the amount Do not travel with too much load.
continue to press so as not to inter- of toxic emissions released into the at- The weight of the vehicle (specially in
rupt the braking action; mosphere are given below. urban traffic) and its trim greatly ef-
fects consumption and stability.
ABS enables you to brake and steer
at the same time. If you meet an un- GENERAL
Roof rack/ski rack
expected obstacle you can therefore CONSIDERATIONS
steer around it; Remove the roof or ski racks from
Vehicle maintenance the vehicle as soon as they are no
the ABS prevents the wheels from longer needed. These accessories re-
locking but it does not increase actu- Carry out the checks and adjust- duce the aerodynamic penetration of
al grip conditions between tyre and ments/regulations specified in the the vehicle and will increase con-
road. Therefore, even if your vehicle Service Schedule. sumption. When transporting partic-
is fitted with ABS, keep a safe distance ularly large objects, use a trailer,
from the vehicle in front of you and Tyres where possible.
keep your speed down when driving
into bends. Check tyre inflation pressure regu-
larly. Tyres should be checked at least
ABS serves to increase your control once every four weeks: if the pressure
over the vehicle, not to enable you to is too low, fuel consumption increas-
go faster. es as the resistance to the rolling
movement of the tyre is greater.

Electric devices Unnecessary actions Top speeds
Use electric devices for the neces- Avoid revving the engine when Fuel consumption increases consid-
sary time only. The heated rear win- stopped at traffic lights or before erably as speed increases. Your speed
dow, fog lights, windscreen wipers, switching off the engine and avoid dou- should be kept as even as possible and
heater fan require large amounts of bling the clutch as these actions have superfluous braking and acceleration
electricity and increasing the request no purpose on modern vehicles and avoided as this increases both con-
for power will also increase fuel con- serve only to increase consumption sumption and emissions.
sumption (up to +25% when driving in and pollution.
towns). Acceleration
Gear selections
Climate control system Accelerating violently increasing the
As soon as the traffic and road con- revs will greatly affect consumption
The climate control system is an ad- ditions allow it, shift to a higher gear. and emissions; acceleration should be
ditional load which greatly affects the Using a low gear to liven up accelera- gradual and should not exceed the
engine leading to higher consumption. tion greatly increases consumption. In maximum torque.
When the temperature outside the the same way improper use of high
vehicle allows it, use the air vents gears will increase consumption, emis-
where possible. sions and engine wear.
On passenger transportation versions
DRIVING STYLE fitted with 2.3, 2.8 JTD and 2.8 JTD
POWER engines, fuel consumption can
Starting be optimised by starting (on level road)
Do not warm the engine when the in 2nd gear instead of 1st gear.
vehicle is stationary or at high or low
speed: in this way the engine will warm
up gradually increasing consumption
and emissions. You should drive off
slowly straight away avoiding high revs
so that the engine will warm up more
quickly.

CONDITIONS OF USE LOAD WARNING
Cold starting
RECOMMENDATIONS Each of these limits must be
borne in mind and MUST
Frequent cold starting will not enable The version of the Ducato you are NEVER BE EXCEEDED under any
the engine to reach optimal running driving has been designed and ap- circumstances. In particular, never
temperature. It follows, therefore, proved on the basis of several set exceed the maximum weight per-
that consumption will be higher (from maximum weights (see the tables mitted on the front and rear axles
+15 to +30% in towns) as will the Weights in section Technical spec- when arranging loads in vehicle (es-
production of toxic emissions. ifications): pecially for special version vehicles).
kerb weight
Traffic and road conditions
payload
Heavy traffic and higher consumption
are synonymous: for example, when total weight
driving slowly with frequent use of low- total weight on the front axle
er gears or in towns where there are WARNING
numerous traffic lights. total weight on the rear axle Chance knocks or sudden
Winding roads, mountain roads and towable weight braking can cause sudden
bumpy roads also have a negative effect shifts of the load which could jeop-
on consumption. ardise the safety of the driver and
the passengers: before you start off
make sure the load is firmly secured
F0D0047m
Enforced halts
by using the hooks built into the
During prolonged stops (traffic lights, floor for that purpose fig. 10. Use
level crossings, etc.) the engine should metal cables, ropes or straps strong
be switched off. enough to support the weight of
the load to be fixed.
fig. 10

WARNING In addition to these general precau- CHEAP RUNNING
tions, some simple measures could en- THAT RESPECTS
Even if the vehicle is sta-
tionary on a steep hill or hance driving safety, comfort and the
sideways incline, goods not proper-
length of the vehicles life: THE ENVIRONMENT
ly secured could fall out when the distribute the load evenly over the Environmental protection has been
back or side doors are opened. load floor: if you need to concentrate one of the guiding principles in the
it all in one point choose the part be- production of the Ducato. It is no ac-
tween the axles; cident that its pollution control equip-
remember that the lower the load ment is much more effective than that
is, the lower the vehicles centre of required by current legislation.
WARNING gravity will be, contributing to a safe Nonetheless, the environment can-
Observe the enforced rules drive; you should therefore always po- not get by without a concerted effort
if you need to carry a spare sition the heavier goods at the bottom; from everyone. By following a few sim-
can of petrol. Only use a homolo- finally, remember that the way in ple rules you can avoid harming the
gated can and secure it to the load which the vehicle moves is influenced environment and often cut down fuel
anchoring eyebolts. Even given by the weight being carried. In partic- consumption at the same time.
these precautions, the risk of fire in ular, stopping distance lengthens par-
the event of an accident is in- On this subject, a few useful tips have
ticularly at high speed. been given below to supplement those
creased.
marked by symbol # at various points
of the handbook. You are asked to
read both the former and latter care-
fully.

LOOKING AFTER EMISSION If the engine begins to loose its WARNING
CONTROL DEVICES smoothness when travelling, contin- Do not allow anything to
ue your journey but reduce the de- be sprayed onto the cat-
The correct use of pollution control mands you are making on the engine
devices not only ensures respect for alytic converter, lambda sensor and
and have the vehicle seen to at a Fi- exhaust pipe.
the environment but also has an effect at Dealership as soon as you can.
on the vehicles performance.
When the instrument panel fuel re-
Keeping these devices in good con- serve warning light comes on, fill up as
ditions is therefore a fundamental rule soon as possible. A low fuel level may WARNING
for driving that is easy on your pock- cause an uneven supply of fuel to the
et and on the environment too. When functioning normal-
engine with inevitable increase in the ly the catalytic converter
The first step to take is to follow the temperature of the exhaust gas and se- reaches high temperatures. For this
Service Schedule to the letter. rious damage to the catalytic con- reason do not park the vehicle over
verter. inflammable material (grass, dry
If your vehicle has a petrol engine
with catalytic converter use only un- Never run the engine with one or leaves, pine needles, etc.): fire haz-
leaded petrol. more spark plugs disconnected, even ard.
for testing purposes.
if you have trouble starting, do not
keep turning the ignition key for long Do not warm up the engine by let-
periods. Be especially careful to avoid ting it idle for a while before moving
off unless the outside temperature is WARNING
bump starting the vehicle by pushing,
towing or rolling downhill: these are very low and, even in this case, only Ignoring the above rules
all manoeuvres that can damage the do so for less than thirty seconds. may lead to fire.
catalyst. Do not install heat shields and do not
Use an auxiliary battery for start-ups remove those already fitted to the cat-
only. alytic converter and exhaust pipe.

TOWING A TRAILER In order to be sure you are not ex- TOW HITCH INSTALLATION
ceeding the maximum towing weight The tow hitch must be fixed to the
(shown in the log book) you have to body by an expert in accordance with
IMPORTANT take into account the trailer weight ful- the following instructions and re-
The vehicle must be fitted with a ho- ly laden including the accessories and specting the additional and/or integra-
mologated tow hitch and suitable elec- personal luggage. tive information provided by the tow
trical system for towing a caravan or Do not exceed the speed limits for hitch manufacturer.
trailer. Have the tow hitch fitted by an towing a trailer in the country you are
expert who will issue specific docu- The tow hitch to be fitted must com-
driving in. In any case, do not exceed ply with the current regulations in
mentation for use on roads. the top speed of 100 km/h. force, with reference to Directive
Fit special wing mirrors in accor- 94/20/CEE and subsequent modifica-
dance with the highway code. WARNING tions.
Remember that towing a trailer Where your vehicle is Use a tow hitch suited for the maxi-
makes it harder for the vehicle to equipped with ABS, re- mum towable load of the vehicle version
climb the maximum gradients speci- member that this has no effect over on which the tow hitch is to be fitted.
fied, increases braking and overtaking the trailer braking system. Particu-
lar care must be taken on slippery Use a unified coupling for the elec-
distance, proportionally to the overall trical connections. The coupling is gen-
weight of the trailer. surfaces.
erally fitted on a specific mount fas-
Engage a low gear when driving tened to the tow hitch.
downhill rather than constantly brak- For the electrical connections, a 7 or
ing. WARNING 13 pole 12VDC coupling must be used
The weight the trailer exerts on the Under no circumstances (CUNA/UNI and ISO/DIN standards).
vehicles tow hitch coupling reduces modify the vehicles braking Follow the instructions provided by
the vehicles payload by the same system for trailer braking control. the manufacturer of the vehicle and/or
amount. The trailer braking system must be the tow hitch.
completely independent from the
vehicle hydraulic system. For the electric connections use the
proper trailer light control unit.

F0D0242m
The electrical brake or other device
(electrical winch, etc.) must be pow-
ered directly from the battery by
means of a lead with a cross-section
area not smaller than 2.5 mm2.
In addition to the electrical connec-
tions, only the power wire for an ad-
ditional electrical brake and for inter-
Rear wheel axle
Fully laden
nal trailer lighting with a power not
vehicle
exceeding 15W can be connected to
the vehicles electrical system.
FITTING DIAGRAM Ball centre
Van - Panorama - Combi -

Ambulance versions - fig. 11
The body of the tow hitch must be
secured by means of 6 screws in the Ground
points shown (use the left spring Suspension fastenings
attachment holes replacing the original
screws with other appropriately sized Vehicle centre line
and resistant screws).
Alternatively, a second tow hitch
with the following elongated dimen-
sions has been homologated:
(1) mm 400
(2) mm 0
fig. 11

F0D0243m
Truck and Chassis cab versions -
fig. 12
An additional tow hitch - specific for
Holes to bore
chassis cab and truck versions is shown Holes to bore
in fig. 12. The structure must be se-
cured to the points shown with a total
of twelve M 10 screws. Existing holes
Fit the tow hitch with the light cluster
crossmember in its original position. If
the crossmember has been removed,
replace it with another crossmember
of the same size and resistance.
IMPORTANT Fasten a tag in 2 shims
clearly visible position at the same
height as the tow hitch. This tag is
compulsory. It must be adequately
sized, made of suitable material and
carry the following information: Vehicle centre line
MAX ADMITTED LOAD ON

HITCH 80 kg.
2 shims
WARNING
After assembly, seal the fas-
tening screw holes to pre-
vent exhaust fumes from entering
the vehicle.
fig. 12

SNOW TYRES The winter features of these tyres All four tyres should be the same
are reduced considerably when the (brand and track) to ensure greater
Use snow tyres specified in the tread depth is below 4 mm. In this safety when driving and braking and
Snow tyres table in section Tech- case, they should be replaced. better driveability.
nical Specifications. Due to the snow tyre features, un- Remember that it is inappropriate to
Fiat Dealership will be happy to der normal conditions of use or on change the direction of rotation of
provide advice concerning the most long motorway journeys, the perfor- tyres.
suitable type of tyre for the customers mance of these tyres is lower than that
requirements. of normal tyres.
For the type of tyre to be used, in- It is therefore necessary to limit their
flation pressures and the specifications use to the purposes for which they are
of snow tyres, follow the instructions certified. WARNING
given at paragraph Wheels in section IMPORTANT When snow tyres
Technical Specifications. The max. speed for snow
are used with a max. speed index be- tyres with Q marking is
low the one that can be reached by 160 km/h. The Road Traffic Code
the vehicle (increased by 5%), place a speed limits must however be al-
notice in the passenger compartment, ways strictly observed.
plainly in the drivers view which states
the max. permissible speed of the
snow tyres (as per EC Directive).

SNOW CHAINS We recommend using Lineaccessori With chains
Fiat snow chains. mounted keep
The use of snow chains is regulated your speed down.
Check the tautness of the chains af- Do not exceed 50 kph. Avoid
by the legislation in force in the counter driving some twenty to thirty me-
try the vehicle is driven in. holes in the road; do not mount
tres. steps or kerbs. Do not drive long
The chains may only be applied to stretches of snow-free road with
the drive wheel tyres (front wheels). the chains mounted, as this can
damage the vehicle and the road
surface too.
WARNING Versions Tyres on which Types of snow chains

chains can be fitted to be used
Refer to the following table
for information on the 195/70 R15C
wheels where snow chains can be 11
205/70 R15C
fitted. Follow the prescriptions.
215/70 R15 Camping
Snow chains with
15 205/70 R15C reduced size with max.
215/70 R15 Camping protrusion beyond the
tyre profile of 15 mm
215/75 R16C
MAXI 205/75 R16C
215/75 R16 Camping
For rim size refer to Wheels in section Technical Specifications.

VEHICLE STORAGE make sure the handbrake is not en- inflate the tyres to 0.5 bar above
gaged; the normal specified pressure and
The following precautions should be check it at intervals;
clean and protect the painted parts
taken if the vehicle will not be used for using protective wax; do not drain the engine cooling sys-
several months: tem.
clean and protect the shiny metal
park the vehicle in covered, dry and parts using special compounds readi- IMPORTANT Where relevant,
if possible well-ventilated premises; ly available; switch off the electronic vehicle alarm
engage a gear; with the remote control and deacti-
sprinkle talcum powder on the rub- vate the system by turning the emer-
remove the cables from the battery ber windscreen and rear window gency key to OFF (see Electronic
(first remove the cable to the negative wiper blades and lift them off the glass; alarm in section Getting to know
terminal) and check the battery slightly open the windows; your vehicle).
charge. If the vehicle is to be stored
for long periods the charge of the bat- cover the vehicle with a cloth or
tery should be checked every month perforated plastic sheet. Do not use
and recharged if it falls below 12.5 V; sheets of non-perforated plastic as
they do not allow moisture on the ve-
hicle body to evaporate;

IN AN EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY 1) Read the 5-figure electronic code 7) Once the final figure has been en-
given on the CODE card. tered, keep the accelerator pedal
START-UP pressed. Warning light U will light up
2) Turn the ignition key to MAR. for four seconds and then go out; re-
DIESEL VERSIONS 3) Press and hold down the accel- lease the accelerator pedal.
erator pedal. Warning light U will 8) Warning light U will flash rapid-
Emergency start-ups cannot be per- come on for about 8 seconds, and
formed on versions with a diesel en- ly for about 4 seconds to indicate that
then go out. At this point release the the operation has been completed
gine; contact a Fiat Dealership. accelerator pedal and get ready to correctly.
count the flashes of the warning light
PETROL VERSIONS U. 9) Start the engine by turning the ig-
If the Fiat CODE cannot deactivate nition key from MAR to AVV.
4) Count the number of flashes that
the engine immobiliser, the Y and corresponds to the first figure of the If, however, the warning light U
U warning lights stay on and the en- code on the CODE card, then press stays on, turn the ignition key to
gine will not start. Follow the emer- the accelerator pedal and keep it there STOP an repeat the procedure from
gency start-up procedure to start the until the warning light U comes on step 1).
engine. for four seconds and then goes out;
release the accelerator pedal. IMPORTANT After an emergency
Read the whole procedure care- start-up, you should contact a Fiat
fully before trying to carry it out. 5) Warning light U will start flash- Dealership otherwise you will have
If you make a mistake, you must turn ing again: after it has flashed the num- to repeat the procedure described
the ignition key back to STOP and re- ber of times that corresponds to the each time you want to start the en-
peat the whole operation from the be- second figure on the CODE card, gine.
ginning (step 1). press the accelerator pedal and keep
it pressed.
6) Do the same for the remaining fig-
ures on the CODE card.
IN AN EMERGENCY 135

JUMP STARTING IMPORTANT Do not directly WARNING
connect the two negative terminals: Do not carry out this pro-
If the battery is flat, you can use an- sparks could ignite the flammable gas cedure if you lack experi-
other battery to start the engine. Its from the battery. If the other battery ence; if it is not done correctly it
capacity must be the same or slightly is fitted in a vehicle, prevent acciden- can cause very intense electrical
greater than the flat battery. tal contacts between the metal parts discharges and the battery might
of the two vehicles. even explode. The liquid in the bat-
Proceed as follows fig. 1:
3) Start the engine. tery is poisonous and corrosive.
1) connect positive terminals 1 and Keep it away from the eyes and
2 (+ sign near terminal) of the two 4) when the engine has been start- skin. You are also advised not to put
batteries with a jump lead; ed, remove the leads reversing the or- naked flames or lighted cigarettes
der above. near the battery and not to cause
2) with a second lead, connect the
negative terminal 3 ( sign near the If the engine fails to start after a few sparks: risk of fire and explosion.
terminal) of the auxiliary battery to an attempts, do not keep turning the key
earthing point 4 (E) on the engine or but have the vehicle seen at a Fiat
gearbox of the vehicle to be started; Dealership.
Under no circumstances
should a battery charger
be used to start the en-
F0D0203m
gine: it could damage the elec-

tronic systems and in particular
the ignition and injection control
units.
fig. 1
136 IN AN EMERGENCY

BUMP STARTING IF A TYRE IS WARNING
PUNCTURED If you are towing a trailer,
remove the trailer before
jacking up the vehicle.
Catalysed vehicles must General instructions
not be bump started
(pushed, towed or Observe the instruc-
coasted downhill) as this could tions on this and the fol-
cause fuel to flow into the cat- lowing pages to use the
alytic exhaust system and dam- jack and spare wheel correctly.
age it beyond repair.
WARNING
The jack should only be
used to changed a wheel on
the vehicle for which it was de-
signed. It should not be put to oth-
WARNING WARNING er uses or employed to raise other
Remember that until the Never start the engine models. Under no circumstances
engine has started the when the vehicle is jacked should it be used when carrying out
brake booster and power steering up. repairs under the vehicle. An incor-
systems will not work and a greater rectly positioned jack may cause
effort will therefore be required to the vehicle to fall. Do not use the
depress the brake pedal or turn the jack to lift loads exceeding that in-
steering wheel. dicated on the label attached to the
to the jack itself.
IN AN EMERGENCY 137

WARNING 1. STOP THE VEHICLE 2. TAKE OUT THE TOOLS,
Do not lubricate the bolt Stop the vehicle in a position that JACK AND SPARE WHEEL
threads before fitting is not dangerous for oncoming traffic The tools are in the cab near the
them back: they could come where you can change the wheel safe- seats.
loose. ly. The ground should be flat and ad-
equately firm. If you have to change Please note:
the wheel at night, choose a lit area if the jack weights 4.2 kg;
possible.
the jack requires no adjustments;
Turn the engine off and pull up the
handbrake. the jack cannot be repaired. If it
breaks it must be replaced with a new
WARNING Engage first or reverse gear. jack;
Check tyre pressure and
spare wheel pressure regu- Alert other drivers that the vehicle no other tool, apart from the ex-
larly. Refer to section Technical is stationary in compliance with local tension and the ratchet wrench shown
Specifications. regulations: hazard warning lights, in this chapter can be fitted to the jack.
warning triangle, etc.
The spare wheel is located under the
Any passengers should get out and rear part of the load bed.
wait as far away as possible from the
danger of traffic.
If the road is sloping or bumpy, place
wedges or other suitable material to
prevent the vehicle from moving, un-
der the wheels.
138 IN AN EMERGENCY

To get at the spare wheel: release the spare wheel support 3. CHANGING THE WHEEL
remove the two plastic caps A- with the wrench E-fig. 5 inserted in
seat L-fig. 4 on the left-hand side of 1) Loosen the wheel bolts on the
fig. 2; wheel to be changed by approximate-
the support and remove the wheel
unscrew the two bolts C-fig. 2 from under the floor. ly one turn.
with the ratchet wrench B and ex- 2) Turn the ring D-fig. 5 to open
tension F-fig. 5; Using the ratchet wrench will allow
you to hook and unhook the support the jack partially.
unscrew the two bolts C-fig. 3 on better. 3) Position the jack near the wheel
the bumper internal side (chassis to be changed.
cab/truck versions);
4) Alert other passengers that the
F0D0094m
F0D0093m
vehicle is about to be raised; all per-
sons should be kept away from the ve-
hicle until it has been lowered.
5) Fit the extension F-fig. 5 and the
ratchet wrench B on the nut ring and
raise the vehicle until the wheel is a
few inches off the ground. When turn-
ing the jack handle make sure that it
fig. 2 fig. 4 can be used easily and take care not to
scrape your hand against the ground.
F0D0092m
F0D0091m
fig. 3 fig. 5
IN AN EMERGENCY 139

The moving parts of the jack (screw 7) Fit the spare wheel making sure When you have finished:
and joints) may also cause injury if that the pegs H fit into holes G-fig. 7.
touched. Clean off any grease. When fitting the spare wheel, make place the wheel you have changed
sure the hub is clean so that the fix- in the spare wheel support;
6) Unscrew the five bolts complete- ing bolts will not loosen.
ly using wrench E-fig. 6 and remove hook the spare wheel support, us-
the wheel. 8) Tighten the five wheel bolts. ing wrench E;
9) Lower the vehicle with the ratch- screw the two fastening bolts and
et wrench and pull the jack out. position the two plastic caps;
10) Fasten bolts completely, work- put the jack and the tools back in
ing in a criss-cross fashion as shown in the bag under one of the two seats in
fig. 7. the cab.
F0D0090m
F0D0089m
fig. 6 fig. 7
140 IN AN EMERGENCY

IF A BULB WARNING GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
BURNS OUT Halogen bulbs contain When a light is not working, check
pressurised gas which, if that it has not fused before changing
broken, may cause small fragments the bulb.
of glass to be projected outwards.
For the location of the fuses, refer to
If a fuse blows in this section.
WARNING Before replacing a bulb that does not
Modifications or repairs to Only touch the metal work, check that the contacts are not
the electrical system car- part when handling halo- oxidised.
ried out incorrectly and without gen bulbs. If the transpar-
bearing the features of the system ent bulb is touched it reduces the Burnt-out bulbs must be replaced
in mind can cause malfunctions intensity of the light emitted and with ones of the same type. Light from
with the risk of fire. can also reduce the life of the bulbs with insufficient power is dim
bulb. If you touch the bulb acci- while those which are too powerful
dentally, rub it with a cloth use too much electricity. Always check
moistened with alcohol and leave the height of the headlight beam after
it to dry. changing a bulb.
WARNING
You should have the bulbs
replaced at a Fiat Dealer- IMPORTANT On the inside sur-
ship, if possible. Correct operation face of the headlight there could ap-
and proper beam height are essen- pear a slight coat of fogging; this does
tial for safe driving and compliance not show a defect, since it is a natur-
with law requirements. al occurrence due to low temperature
and to the degree of humidity in the
air; it will disappear as soon as the
lights are turned on. The presence of
drops inside the headlight shows wa-
ter seepage, contact Fiat Dealership.
IN AN EMERGENCY 141

TYPES OF BULBS fig. 8 Bulbs Figure Type W
Several types of bulbs are installed in Main beam headlights D H4 60/55 W

the vehicle: Dipped beam headlights D H4 60/55 W
A. Glass bulbs Front side lights B R5W 5W
Snapped into position. Pull to remove.
Front direction indicators B P21W 21 W
B. Bayonet connection bulbs
Remove from the bulb holder by Side direction indicators A W5W 5W
pressing the bulb and rotating it anti- Rear direction indicators B PY21W 21 W
clockwise.
Brake lights B P21W 21 W
C. Cylindrical bulbs
Remove by pulling away from termi- Third brake light B P21W 21 W
nals. Reversing light B P21W 21 W
D. Halogen bulbs Rear fog light/taillights B P21/4W 21 W
To remove the bulb, release the clip
holding the bulb in place. Front ceiling light C CW10 10 W
Rear ceiling light C CW15 15 W
Number plate light B CW5 5W
F0D0090m
fig. 8
142 IN AN EMERGENCY

IF AN EXTERIOR MAIN AND DIPPED BEAM 5) release the two retaining clips D
BULB BURNS OUT HEADLIGHTS or F-fig. 14 and remove bulbs G or
H-fig. 14.
To replace a halogen bulb with head-
For the type of bulb and power re- light disconnected, proceed as follows: G - main beam headlight bulb
fer to paragraph If a bulb burns out H - main beam headlight bulb.
in this section. 1) loosen the four screws and re-
move the front grid A-fig. 9;
2) loosen the two fastening screws
B-fig. 10 and remove the headlight re-
leasing pin D-fig. 11 from C;
F0D0176m
3) release the retaining clips A-fig.
12 and remove the cover B;
4) remove the connector C or E-
fig. 13;
fig. 11
F0D0000m
F0D0175m
F0D0096m
fig. 9 fig. 10 fig. 12
IN AN EMERGENCY 143

6) be careful to position the bulb FRONT SIDE LIGHTS 3) remove the bulb holder C-fig. 16
correctly turning it slightly to release it;
To replace the bulb proceed as fol-
7) refit the retaining clips, the con- lows: 4) remove the bulb E-fig. 17;
nector and the cover B-fig. 12 and
lock it with the relevant clips. 1) remove the headlight as described 5) replace the bulb, refit the bulb
previously; holder and the cover B-fig. 15.
2) release the retaining clips A-
fig. 15 and remove the cover B;
F0D0097m
F0D0099m
fig. 13 fig. 15
F0D0098m
F0D0100m
F0D0101m
fig. 14 fig. 16 fig. 17
144 IN AN EMERGENCY

FRONT DIRECTION SIDE DIRECTION REAR LIGHT CLUSTER
INDICATORS INDICATORS To replace a bulb proceed as follows:
To replace the halogen bulb proceed To replace the bulb proceed as fol- 1) loosen the two screws A-fig. 20
as follows: lows: with a screwdriver
1) remove the headlight as described 1) Press the lens in the direction 2) remove the light cluster B and dis-
previously; shown fig. 18 connect connector C
2) release the retaining clips A- 2) remove the bulb holder A-fig. 19 3) loosen the two screws D-fig. 21
fig. 15 and remove the cover B; turning it slightly and replace the bulb and remove the light cluster:
B.
3) remove the bulb holder D-fig. 16; E - stop light bulb;
4) remove the bulb F-fig. 17 push- FRONT FOG LIGHTS F - bulb for reversing light
ing it slightly and turning it anticlock-
wise at the same time; To replace these bulbs contact a Fi- G - bulb (amber) for direction indi-
at Dealership. cators
5) after replacing the bulb refit the
bulb holder and the cover B-fig. 15. H - twin-light bulb for rear fog light
and taillight
F0D0137m
F0D0138m
F0D0073m
fig. 18 fig. 19 fig. 20
IN AN EMERGENCY 145

4) remove bulbs pushing them slight- For truck and chassis cab versions: THIRD BRAKE LIGHT fig. 23
ly and turning them anti-clockwise. To replace the bulb, proceed as fol-
Unscrew the four screws H-fig. 22
5) replace the bulb, refit the bulb and replace the following bulbs: lows:
holder in the light cluster, reconnect 1) loosen the two nuts A-fig. 24 set
connector C and refit it all fastening I - bulb for reversing light
inside the vehicle near the rear ceil-
the screws without forcing them. - bulb for rear fog light ing light;
L - bulbs for taillight (2)
M - bulb for brake light
N - bulb for direction indicators.
F0D0156m
fig. 23
F0D0072m
F0D0109m
F0D0157m
fig. 21 fig. 22 fig. 24
146 IN AN EMERGENCY

2) disconnect connector B-fig. 25; 4) remove the bulb D pushing it NUMBER PLATE LIGHT
slightly and turning it anticlockwise;
3) press the two retaining clips C- To replace the bulb D-fig. 28 pro-
fig. 26 and remove the bulb holder; 5) replace the bulb, refit the bulb ceed as follows: insert the screwdriv-
holder, reconnect connector B and er in housing A-fig. 27 push the unit
refit it all fastening the two bolts with- rightwards and remove the bulb hold-
out forcing them. er B-fig. 28 by pressing tab C. The
glass bulb D is clipped in.
F0D0158m
fig. 25
F0D0159m
F0D0110m
F0D0111m
fig. 26 fig. 27 fig. 28
IN AN EMERGENCY 147

IF AN INTERIOR 2) Lift cover B-fig. 30 and remove REAR CEILING LIGHTS
LIGHT BURNS OUT the bulb C.
Then, close the cover B and reposi- lows:
For the type of bulb and power re- tion the lens A.
fer to paragraph If a bulb burns out 1) Remove the clipped-on lens A-
in this section. fig. 31 with a screwdriver as shown in
the figure.
FRONT CEILING LIGHT 2) Lift the cover B-fig. 32 and re-
move the bulb.
lows: Then, close the cover B and reposi-
F0D0117m
tion the lens A.
1) Remove the clipped-on lens A-
fig. 29 with a screwdriver as shown in The procedure is the same for pas-
the figure. senger compartment ceiling lights in
Panorama and Combi versions.
fig. 30
F0D0116m
F0D0118m
F0D0119m
fig. 29 fig. 31 fig. 32
148 IN AN EMERGENCY

IF A FUSE BLOWS B - Undamaged fuse. Before changing a fuse,
C - Fuse with broken filament. check the ignition key has
GENERAL FEATURES been removed and that
Use the tongs D in the fusebox to all the other electric devices have
A fuse is an element for protecting extract the fuse. been turned off/disabled.
the electrical system. A fuse will trip To locate the fuse, refer to the tables
(i.e. blow) in the event of a failure or on the following pages.
improper interventions in the electri-
cal system.
If an electric device is not working,
check whether the respective fuse is
blown (i.e. the conductor is broken WARNING WARNING
fig. 33). If required, replace the blown If the fuse blows again, Never change a fuse with
fuse with another with the same am- have the vehicle inspected another amperage: FIRE
perage (same colour). at a Fiat Dealership. RISK!
F0D0029m
Never replace a broken WARNING

fuse with anything other
than a new fuse. Always Do not attempt to repair a
blown MAXI-FUSE. Go to a
use a fuse of the same colour. Fiat Dealership.
fig. 33
IN AN EMERGENCY 149

F0D0144m
POSITION OF THE FUSES Fig. 36 - fusebox on the left-hand
side (CFB) (drivers side; passengers
Four fuseboxes are provided: two side for right-hand drive version).
fuseboxes are located at the dash-
board ends, one is located in the en-
gine compartment (near the air clean-
er) and the last one is located on the
battery positive pole A-fig. 34 (CBA).
To reach the first fusebox on the left-
hand side of the dashboard (drivers fig. 35
side; passengers side for right-hand
F0D0141m
drive version), loosen the two screws
A-fig. 35.
F0D0172m
fig. 34 fig. 36
150 IN AN EMERGENCY

To reach the second fusebox on the Fig. 38 - fusebox on the right-hand
right-hand side of the dashboard (pas- side (CFO) (passengers side; drivers
sengers side; drivers side for right- side for right-hand drive version).
hand drive version), loosen the two
screws B-fig. 37.
F0D0142m
F0D0145m
fig. 37 fig. 38
IN AN EMERGENCY 151

F0D0232m
To reach the third fusebox (CVM) (fig. 41) in the engine compartment, re-
move the protective boot Afig. 39 then slacken the screw Bfig. 40, release
fastener C and then remove cover D.
fig. 40
F0D0233m
F0D0231m
fig. 39 fig. 41
152 IN AN EMERGENCY

System/Component Fuse no. Ampere Location
CBA (battery fusebox)
Body-builders current socket F 73 70 Fig. 34
Alternator F 72 125 Fig. 34
Alternator (2.0 - 2.0 JTD with heating system) F 72 70 Fig. 34
Alternator (2.8 JTD with heating system - 2.0 JTD F 72 100 Fig. 34
with climate control system) F 70 150 Fig. 34
CVM protection F 71 80 Fig. 34
CFO protection
CFO (optional fusebox under the dashboard on passengers side
for LH drive versions, on drivers side for RH drive versions)
Webasto unit F 61 20 Fig. 38
Additional climate control F 56 30 Fig. 38
Chronotachograph F 34 10 Fig. 38
Phone F 34 10 Fig. 38
Alarm F 34 10 Fig. 38
Remote control F 34 10 Fig. 38
ABI for right power window F 48 20 Fig. 38
ABI for door lock F 38 20 Fig. 38
Alarm blinker F 60 10 Fig. 38
Rotating lights (Ambulance versions) F 63 30 Fig. 38
Webasto timer F 58 5 Fig. 38
ABI for left power window F 47 20 Fig. 38
Food box power F 59 15 Fig. 38
Additional heater fan F 57 15 Fig. 38
Left heated rear window F 54 15 Fig. 38
Door mirror defrosting device F 41 10 Fig. 38
Right heated rear window F 40 15 Fig. 38
Drivers seat warmer F 45 15 Fig. 38
IN AN EMERGENCY 153

Rear current socket F 64 20 Fig. 38
Siren (Ambulance versions) F 64 20 Fig. 38
Suction fan (Minibus versions) F 64 20 Fig. 38
Current socket for special set-up F 65 10 Fig. 38
CFB (main fusebox under the dashboard on drivers side for
LH drive versions, on passengers side for RH drive versions)
Windscreen washer pump F 43 15 Fig. 36
Cigar lighter F 44 15 Fig. 36
Cab heater fan F 55 30 Fig. 36
Direction indicators F 53 10 Fig. 36
Hazard lights F 53 10 Fig. 36
Instrument panel F 53 10 Fig. 36
Cab lights F 39 10 Fig. 36
EOBD diagnostic socket F 39 10 Fig. 36
Rear fog lights F 33 7,5 Fig. 36
Radio F 32 15 Fig. 36
Front current socket F 52 20 Fig. 36
Headlight washer pump F 49 15 Fig. 36
Front right-hand side light F 12 5 Fig. 36
Rear right-hand side light F 12 5 Fig. 36
Front left-hand side light F 13 5 Fig. 36
Rear left-hand side light F 13 5 Fig. 36
Number plate lights F 24 5 Fig. 36
Side/taillight warning light F 24 5 Fig. 36
Control lights F 24 5 Fig. 36
PCA (Ambulance - Minibus versions) F 51 10 Fig. 36
Radio F 25 7.5 Fig. 36
ABI F 35 7.5 Fig. 36
Door power window control F 35 7.5 Fig. 36
154 IN AN EMERGENCY

ABS control unit F 42 7.5 Fig. 36
Airbag control unit F 50 7.5 Fig. 36
Power mirrors F 27 7.5 Fig. 36
Cruise control F 27 7.5 Fig. 36
Phone F 27 7.5 Fig. 36
Chronotachograph F 27 7.5 Fig. 36
Remote control F 27 7.5 Fig. 36
Alarm F 27 7.5 Fig. 36
Brake lights F 26 7.5 Fig. 36
Instrument panel F 37 10 Fig. 36
PCC F 37 10 Fig. 36
Ignition switch F 31 10 Fig. 36
Cab fan (with Webasto system) F 55 30 Fig. 36
Webasto control unit F 55 30 Fig. 36
Cab fan (with climate control) F 55 30 Fig. 36
CVM (engine compartment fusebox)
Radiator fan low-speed resistor (2.0 with climate control system) F 06 40 Fig. 41
Engine control unit (2.0 with climate control system) F 06 40 Fig. 41
Engine cooling fan (2.0 with climate control system) F 06 40 Fig. 41
Engine cooling fan (2.0 with climate control system) F 07 40 Fig. 41
CFB protection F 01 60 Fig. 41
E.I. primary services F 17 5 Fig. 41
E.I. primary services F 22 20 Fig. 41
E.I. secondary services F 11 10 Fig. 41
Horn F 10 15 Fig. 41
Steering column stalk control F 10 15 Fig. 41
IN AN EMERGENCY 155

Front fog lights F 09 15 Fig. 41
Windscreen wiper motor F 08 30 Fig. 41
Engine cooling fan 2nd speed F 07 40/60 Fig. 41
Engine control unit 2nd speed F 07 40/60 Fig. 41
Radiator fan 2nd speed remote switch coil (climate control) F 07 40/60 Fig. 41
Engine cooling fan 1st speed F 06 40 Fig. 41
Engine control unit 1st speed F 06 40 Fig. 41
Cab fan (climate control) F 05 30 Fig. 41
ABS control unit F 04 50 Fig. 41
Ignition switch F 03 30 Fig. 41
Glow plug preheating F 02 50 Fig. 41
Right-hand dipped beam headlight F 14 10 Fig. 41
Left-hand dipped beam headlight F 15 10 Fig. 41
E.I. system F 16 7.5 Fig. 41
Fiat code F 16 7.5 Fig. 41
Automatic gearbox control unit F 24 15 Fig. 41
Fiat code F 18 7.5 Fig. 41
Compressor F 19 7.5 Fig. 41
Engine control unit F 18 7.5 Fig. 41
PTC F 20 30 Fig. 41
Engine control unit F 11 10 Fig. 41
Fuel pump F 21 15 Fig. 41
Engine control unit F 17 5 Fig. 41
Automatic gearbox control unit F 23 10 Fig. 41
Main beam headlights F 30 15 Fig. 41
Windscreen washer pump F 08 30 Fig. 41
156 IN AN EMERGENCY

IF THE BATTERY 2) connect the charger cables to the WARNING
IS FLAT battery terminals;
Do not attempt to recharge
3) turn the charger on; a frozen battery. Thaw it
IMPORTANT Battery recharging first otherwise it could explode. If
procedure is given as information on- 4) when you have finished, turn the the battery froze, make sure the in-
ly since this operation shall be only charger off before disconnecting the ternal elements are not broken
performed at a Fiat Dealership. battery; (short-circuit risk) and that the cas-
5) reconnect the cables to the bat- ing is not cracked (risk of spilling
RECHARGING THE BATTERY tery terminals. Make sure the polari- the poisonous and corrosive fluid.
ty is correct.
You are advised to recharge the bat-
tery slowly for a period of approxi-
mately 24 hours at a low amperage.
Charging for too long could damage
the battery. WARNING JUMP STARTING
Proceed as follows: The liquid in the battery is See Jump starting in this section.
1) disconnect the electrical system poisonous and corrosive.
from the battery terminals; Do not let it touch the skin or eyes.
Recharging the battery should be
IMPORTANT If the vehicle is fit- done in a well-ventilated area away
ted with the alarm system, deactivate from naked flames or possible
it by the remote control (see Elec- sources of sparks: explosion and fire
tronic alarm in chapter Getting to risk.
know your vehicle).
IN AN EMERGENCY 157

JACKING WARNING WARNING
THE VEHICLE The jack should only be
used to change a wheel on
If you are towing a trailer,
remove the trailer before
the vehicle for which it was de- jacking up the vehicle.
signed. It should not be put to oth-
er uses or employed to raise other
WITH THE JACK models. Under no circumstances
See If a tyre is punctured, in this should it be used when carrying out Please note:
section. repairs under the vehicle.
the jack requires no adjustments;
the jack cannot be repaired. If it
breaks it must be replaced with a new
WARNING WARNING jack;
An incorrectly positioned Never start the engine no other tool, apart from the ex-
jack may cause the vehicle when the vehicle is jacked tension and the ratchet wrench shown
to fall. up. in section If a tyre is punctured can
be fitted to the jack.
F0D0200m
WARNING
Do not use the jack to lift
loads exceeding that indi-
cated on the label attached to the
jack.
fig. 41
158 IN AN EMERGENCY

WITH A SHOP JACK TOWING THE WARNING
The vehicle can be raised on a shop
jack if it is empty. This is only possi-
VEHICLE Before starting to tow, turn
the ignition key to MAR
ble from the side by placing the jack at The vehicle has two eyes for an- and then to STOP. Do not remove
the points provided in the underbody choring the tow hitch fig. 42. the key. If the key is removed, the
as indicated in fig. 41. steering lock engages automatical-
A - Front eye ly which prevents the wheels being
WITH AN ARM HOIST B - Rear eye (for towing another ve- turned.
The vehicle must be raised by plac- hicle).
ing the ends of the arms at the points
indicated in fig. 41.
WARNING
While the vehicle is being
towed with the engine off,
remember that the brake pedal and
steering will require more effort as
you no longer have the benefit of
the power brakes and power steer-
ing. Do not use flexible cables to
tow. Avoid jerking. Whilst towing,
F0D0177m
ensure that coupling to the vehicle

does not damage the surrounding
components.
fig. 42
IN AN EMERGENCY 159

WARNING IF AN ACCIDENT Call for rescue making the infor-
When towing the vehicle OCCURS mation you give as accurate as you
you must comply with the can.On the motorway use the special
specific traffic regulations regard- column-mounted emergency phones.
It is important to keep calm.
ing the tow hitch and how to tow In pile-ups on the motorway, par-
on the road. If you are not directly involved in ticularly when the visibility is bad,
the accident, stop at least ten metres there is a high risk of other vehicles
away from the accident. running into those already
If you are on a motorway, do not stopped.Get out of the vehicle imme-
obstruct the emergency lane with diately and take refuge behind the
VEHICLE WITH AUTOMATIC your vehicle. guard rail.
GEARBOX Turn the engine off and the haz- Remove the ignition keys from the
ard lights on. vehicles involved.
If towing is not due to gearbox faults,
proceed as follows: At night, illuminate the scene of the If you can smell petrol or other
accident with your headlights. chemicals, do not smoke and make
gearshift lever to N; sure all cigarettes are extinguished.
do not exceed 50 km/h; Act carefully, you must not risk be-
ing run over. Use a fire extinguisher, blanket, sand
the vehicle should not be towed or earth to put out fires no matter how
for more than 200 km. Mark the accident by putting the small they are. Never use water.
red triangle at the regulatory distance
If towing is due to gearbox faults or from the vehicle where it can be clear-
the vehicle should be towed for more ly see.
than 200 km, tow the vehicle raising
the front wheels from the ground. If the doors are blocked, do not at-
tempt to smash the windscreen to get
out of the vehicle. It is made of layered
glass and is very hard. Side and rear
windows are much more easily bro-
ken.
160 IN AN EMERGENCY

IF ANYONE IS INJURED FIRST-AID KIT
Never leave the injured person It is a good idea to keep a fire extin-
alone. The obligation to provide as- guisher and blanket in the vehicle in
sistance exists even for those not di- addition to the first-aid kit.
rectly involved in the accident;
Do not congregate around the in-
jured person.
Reassure the injured person that
help is on its way and will arrive soon.
Stay close by to calm him/her down in
case of panic.
Unfasten or cut seat belts holding
injured parties.
Do not give an injured person any-
thing to drink.
Do not move an injured person un-
less the following situations arise.
Pull the injured person from the ve-
hicle only if it risks catching fire, it is
sinking in water or is likely to fall over
a cliff or similar.Do not pull his/her
arms or legs, do not bend the head
and, as far as possible, keep the body
horizontal.
IN AN EMERGENCY 161

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULED IMPORTANT The Manufacturer If it is seen that further replacements

requires the Service Schedule coupon or repairs are necessary in addition to
SERVICING related checks to be carried out. Fail- the work being carried out, these will
ure to do so could result in the war- only be done after the customer has
Correct maintenance of the vehicle ranty being cancelled for those defects given his/her consent.
is essential for ensuring it stays in tip- that can be attributed to such failure.
top condition for a long time to come. IMPORTANT You are recom-
This is why Fiat has programmed a Scheduled Servicing is performed at mended to get in touch with a Fiat
number of service checks and opera- all Fiat Dealerships and there is a set Dealership immediately if any small
tions carried out every 30,000 kilo- time scale for such operations. running problems crop up without
metres. waiting for the next coupon.
It is however important to remem-
ber that "Scheduled Servicing" is not
all your vehicle requires. Regular
checks - also in the initial period be-
fore the 30,000 kilometre coupon and
later between coupons - ordinary care
is required, such as checking fluid lev- If the vehicle is fre-
els and topping up, checking tyre in- quently used to tow trail-
flation pressure, checking cleanness of ers, carry out the sched-
bonnet and boot locks, cleaning and uled service operations more fre-
lubricating levers, etc... quently than shown.
162 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

SERVICE SCHEDULE
thousands of kilometres 30 60 90 120 150 180
Check tyre conditions and wear and adjust pressure, if required
Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights,
load compartment light, ceiling lights, warning lights, etc.)
Check windscreen wiper/washer operation, adjust nozzles
Check windscreen/rear window wiper blade position/wear
Check front and rear (where fitted) disc brake pad conditions and wear
Check rear drum brake linings conditions and wear (where fitted)
Inspect conditions and soundness of:
outer bodywork and underbody protection;
piping (exhaust - fuel feed and brakes)
rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushings, etc.)
fuel feed and braking system hosing
Check tension and conditions of various control belts and adjust, if required
(excluding engines with automatic belt tighteners)
Check accelerator pedal stroke and adjust, if required
Check handbrake lever stroke and adjust, if required
Check tappet clearance and adjust, if required (2.8 JTD version)
Check tappet clearance and adjust, if required (petrol versions)
Check exhaust emissions
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 163

thousands of kilometres 30 60 90 120 150 180
Replace fuel filter cartridge (Diesel versions)
Replace air cleaner cartridge (Diesel versions)
Replace air cleaner cartridge (petrol versions)
Replace spark plugs (petrol versions)
Top up fluids (engine coolant, brakes, power steering,
battery, windscreen washer, etc.)
Check timing belt conditions (***)
Replace timing belt and various control belts
(or every 48 months) (*)
Check engine control systems via diagnostic socket
Change gearbox - transmission - rear axle oil (4WD version)
Check gearbox/differential oil level (automatic transmission)
Change engine oil (**)
Replace engine oil filter (**)
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)
Replace pollen filter (or every 12 months)
(*) Replace every 240,000 km or every 60 months for 2.3 JTD versions.
(**) Change/replace engine oil filter and oil every 40,000 km for 2.3 JTD versions
(***) Every 120,000 km for 2.3 JTD versions

ANNUAL inspect conditions of: engine, gear- ADDITIONAL
INSPECTION box, transmission, piping (exhaust, fu- CHECKS
el feed, brakes), rubber parts (boots,
SCHEDULE sleeves, bushings, etc.), brake and fu-
Every 1,000 km or before long
el line hoses;
The following annual inspection trips, check and top up as necessary:
schedule is required for vehicles trav- check battery charge status;
engine coolant level
elling 15,000 Km approx. a year. The check conditions of various control
schedule includes the following oper- belts; brake fluid level
ations: power steering fluid level
check and top up fluid levels (en-
check tyre condition and wear and gine coolant, brakes, windscreen battery electrolyte level
adjust pressure, if required (including washer, battery, etc.);
spare wheel); windscreen washer fluid
check and top up engine oil;
check operation of lights (head- tyre pressure and conditions.
lights, direction indicators, hazard replace pollen filter.
Every 3,000 km or before long
lights, boot light, passenger compart- trips, check and top up as necessary:
ment light, instrument panel lights, engine oil
etc.);
Every 10,000 km or at c warning
check windscreen wiper/washer light coming on (diesel engines only):
and adjust nozzles; bleed water from fuel filter.
check position and wear of wind- You are recommended to use FL
screen/rear window wiper blades; Selenia products designed and pro-
check front pad conditions and duced for Fiat vehicles (see the Ca-
wear; pacities table in the Technical Spec-
ifications section).
check for bonnet and boot lock
cleanness, lever cleanness and lubri-
cation;

IMPORTANT - Engine oil IMPORTANT - Pollen filter You should check the battery fluid
(electrolyte) level more frequently
Change the engine oil more fre- If the vehicle is often used in dusty than shown in the Service Schedule if
quently than shown in the Service or extremely polluted environments, the vehicle is used in hot climates or
Schedule if the vehicle is normally dri- you should change the filter element particularly demanding conditions.
ven in one of the following particular- more frequently. It should be changed
ly severe conditions: especially if the amount of air intro- IMPORTANT As concerns Camp-
duced into the passenger compart- ing Car versions, due to high electric
towing a trailer ment has decreased. absorption, observe indications rele-
on dusty roads vant to battery contained in para-
IMPORTANT - Diesel filter graphs "Vehicle storage" (section
short distances (less than 7-8 km) "Getting the best out of your vehicle")
repeated and with external tempera- Refuelling with diesel fuel not com- and "Battery Checking the charge"
tures below zero. plying with the grade of purity pre- (section "Vehicle maintenance").
frequently idling engines or long scribed by European Specification
distance low speed driving (e. g. taxis EN590 might make it necessary to re-
or door-to-door deliveries) or in case place the filter more frequently than
indicated in the Service Schedule. Maintenance of your ve-
of a long term inactivity replace engine hicle should be entrusted
oil more frequently than required on to a Fiat Dealership. For
Scheduled Maintenance Plan. IMPORTANT - Battery
ordinary routine maintenance
The charge in your battery should be operations which you are able to
IMPORTANT - Air cleaner checked, where possible at the start carry out yourself, ensure that
Replace the air cleaner more fre- of the winter, to limit the risk of the you have the necessary tools and
quently if the vehicle is used on dusty battery electrolyte freezing. original Fiat spare parts and flu-
roads. This check should be carried out ids available. Do not carry out
more frequently if the vehicle is mainly servicing operations if you have
If you are in doubt about how often no experience.
the engine oil or the air cleaner should used for short trips or if it is fitted
be changed in relation to how you use with accessories that permanently
the vehicle, contact a Fiat Dealer- take in electricity even when the igni-
ship. tion key is removed, especially in the
case of after market accessories.

CHECKING
F0D0102m
FLUID LEVELS
WARNING
Do not smoke while work-
ing in the engine compart-
ment: the presence of flammable
gas and vapour could cause a fire.
WARNING
Scarves, ties and other
loose articles of clothing fig. 1 - Petrol engine versions
could easily get caught up in mov-
ing parts. This can be extremely
dangerous for the wearer.
F0D0103m
Be careful not to mix up
the various types of fluids
when you are topping up:
they are mutually incompatible
and could damage the vehicle.
1. Engine oil - 2. Battery - 3. Brake fluid -

4. Windscreen washer fluid - 5. Engine
coolant - 6. Power steering fluid
fig. 2 - 2.0 JTD versions

F0D0210m
fig. 3 - 2.3 JTD versions
F0D0182m
fig. 4 - 2.8 JTD - 2.8 JTD POWER versions

ENGINE OIL WARNING IMPORTANT After topping up or
Fig. 5: 2.0 versions changing the oil, let the engine turn
Be very careful under the
bonnet: you risk burning for a few seconds and wait a few min-
Fig. 6: 2.0 JTD versions utes after stopping it before you check
yourself. Remember that when the the level.
Fig. 7: 2.3 JTD versions engine is hot, the fan can start up
Fig. 8: 2.8 JTD - 2.8 JTD POWER and cause injuries.
versions
Check engine oil with the vehicle on
level ground and while the engine is
still warm (approximately 10 minutes If the oil level is near or even below
the MIN line, pour in oil through the
F0D0211m
after stopping the engine). The oil
level should be included between the filler hole until it reaches the MAX
MIN and MAX reference lines on line.
the dipstick.
The gap between MIN and MAX Do not add oil with dif-
reference lines corresponds to ap- ferent specifications from
proximately 2 litres oil. the oil already in the en-
The oil level must never exceed the gine.
MAX line. fig. 7
F0D0063m
F0D0064m
F0D0183m

Engine oil consumption ENGINE COOLANT tions, until the level approaches the
MAX line; contact Fiat Dealership
Maximum engine oil consumption is for this operation.
approx. 450 grams every 1000 Km.
WARNING Coolant mixture gives freeze pro-
During the beginning of the vehicles tection to 40C.
life the engine is tuning in. Engine oil Do not remove the reservoir
consumption can only be considered cap when the engine is hot:
stabilised after the first 5,000 - 6,000 you risk scalding yourself. Top up only with the
km. same fluid contained in
IMPORTANT Engine oil consump- the cooling circuit.
tion depends on the conditions the ve- PARAFLU UP (red) cannot be
hicle is being used in. mixed with PARAFLU 11 (blue)
WARNING or with other fluids. Should this
The cooling system is pres- take place, donot start the engine
surised. If necessary, re- and contact Fiat Dealership.
place the cap with a genuine spare
part to avoid compromising the sys-
Used engine oil and re- tem efficiency.
placed oil filters contain
substances which can
harm the environment. We rec-
ommend you have the vehicle
F0D0065m
seen at a Fiat Dealership for the Check coolant level when the engine
oil and filter change. It is suitably is cold. The level should be included
equipped for disposing of used oil between the MIN and MAX refer-
and filters in an environmentally- ence lines on the reservoir.
friendly way that complies with
the law. If the level is low, loosen the expan-
sion tank cap A-fig. 9 and top up
slowly through the filler with the flu-
id specified in Fluids and lubricants
table in section Technical Specifica- fig. 9

WINDSCREEN WASHER WARNING Oil consumption is ex-
FLUID tremely low. If the oil
Do not travel with the wind-
screen washer reservoir level needs topping up
To add fluid, remove cap A-fig. 10 again after a short period of
from the reservoir and slowly pour in empty. The windscreen washer is
fundamental for improving visibility. time, have the system checked
a mixture of water and TUTELA for leakage at a Fiat Dealership.
PROFESSIONAL SC35 fluid in the
following concentrations:
30% of TUTELA PROFES- WARNING
SIONAL SC35 and 70% of water in
summer. Some windscreen washer
additives on the market are WARNING
50% of TUTELA PROFES- flammable. The engine compart- Do not let the power steer-
SIONAL SC35 and 50% of water in ment contains hot parts which ing fluid come into contact
winter. could ignite the fluid in the event of with hot engine parts. It catches fire
If the temperature falls below 20C, contact. very easily.
use TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC35 undiluted.
POWER STEERING
FLUID
Check the oil level when the engine
F0D0068m
F0D0066m
is cold. It should be slightly under the
reference line on the reservoir.
When the oil is hot, the level can ex-
ceed the reference line.
When topping up, remove the reser-
voir cap A-fig. 11 and make sure that
the oil has the same specifications as
the oil in the system.
fig. 10 fig. 11

BRAKE FLUID Make sure that the WARNING
highly corrosive brake
Loosen plug A-fig. 12 and check The symbol on the con-
fluid does not drip onto tainer indicates synthetic
that the level of the fluid in the reser- the paintwork. If it does, wash it
voir is at the maximum off immediately with water. brake fluid distinguishing it from
mineral fluid. Using mineral type
Check at regular intervals that the fluid would damage the special rub-
level of the fluid in the reservoir is at ber braking system gaskets beyond
the maximum. repair.
Use only DOT 4 fluid only for top-
ping up. We recommend TUTELA
TOP 4 that the braking system was
originally filled with. WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous
and very corrosive. In the
event of accidental contact, wash IMPORTANT Brake fluid is hy-
the affected part with water and groscopic (meaning it absorbs humid-
mild soap and rinse. If the fluid is ity). This is why the fluid should be
swallowed, call a doctor immedi- changed more frequently than shown
ately. in the Service Schedule if the vehicle
is mainly driven in areas with a high
percentage of humidity in the air.
F0D0067m
fig. 12

AIR CLEANER POLLEN FILTER DIESEL FILTER
Have the filter changed at the fre-
REPLACEMENT quency specified in the Service Sched- DRAINING THE
Unscrew the screws A-fig. 13 and ule. CONDENSATION
remove cap B. Have the change made at a Fiat
Remove the filtering element C- Dealership. The presence of water in
fig. 14 to be replaced. the fuel feed circuit can
IMPORTANT If the vehicle is of- severely damage the in-
ten used in dusty or extremely pol- jection system and make the en-
luted environments, you should gine misfire. Go to a Fiat Dealer-
F0D0295m
change the filter more frequently. It ship as soon as possible when the
should be changed especially if the c warning light comes on to have
amount of air introduced into the pas- the bleeding operation carried
senger compartment has decreased. out. If the warning light comes on
immediately after refuelling, wa-
ter is probably present in the
tank: turn the engine off imme-
diately and contact Fiat Dealer-
ship.
fig. 13
F0D0070m
fig. 14

BATTERY REPLACING THE BATTERY WARNING
If required, replace the battery with The liquid in the battery is
Fiat Ducato battery is of the Limit- a genuine spare part presenting the poisonous and corrosive.
ed maintenance and is fitted with in- same specifications. If a battery with Do not let it touch the skin or eyes.
dicator A-fig. 15 to check the elec- different specifications is fitted, the fre- Do not bring naked flames or pos-
trolyte level and the charge. quencies shown in the Service Sched- sible sources or sparks near the bat-
Under normal conditions of use it ule will no longer be valid. Refer to tery: risk of fire and explosion.
does not require topping up with dis- the instructions provided by the bat-
tilled water. However, check it peri- tery manufacturer.
odically through the control optical in-
dicator that is placed on the battery
cover and must be dark with a cen-
tral green area. Batteries contain sub- Incorrect fitting of elec-
If the indicator is a bright colour, or stances that are very trical and electronic ac-
dark without the green central area, harmful for the environ- cessories can seriously
contact a Fiat Dealership. ment. You are advised to have the damage the vehicle. If you want
battery changed at a Fiat Dealer- to add accessories after buying
ship. It is properly equipped for the vehicle antitheft system, ra-
disposing of used batteries in an dio, free-hand phone kit, etc.) vis-
environmentally-friendly way that it a Fiat Dealership. They can sug-
complies with the law. gest the most suitable acces-
F0D0244m
sories to get and check whether

the electric system can support
the required load or whether a
higher capacity battery is re-
quired.
fig. 15

WARNING CHECKING THE CHARGE USEFUL ADVICE FOR
If the vehicle is to stand for The battery charge may be checked LENGTHENING THE LIFE OF
a long time in the cold, re- satisfactorily through the indicator and YOUR BATTERY
move the battery and store it in a acting according to the colour the in- When you park the vehicle, ensure
warm place to avoid it freezing. dicator shows. the doors are closed properly. The
Refer to the table below or to the la- ceiling lights must be off.
bel B-fig. 15 on the battery. Do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound
system, hazard lights, etc.) switched
on for a long time when the engine is
WARNING not running.
When working on the bat- IMPORTANT A battery which is
tery or near it, always wear kept at a charge of less than 50% for
the proper goggles. any length of time will be damaged by
sulphation leading to a reduction in
cranking power and a higher risk of the
battery electrolyte freezing (this may
even occur at 10 C).
WARNING
Running the battery with
low fluid level can damage
the battery beyond repair and Bright Top up electrolyte Contact a
could also cause its explosion. white colour Fiat Dealership
Dark colour without green Charge the battery

area in the centre Low charge level (advisable to contact a Fiat
Dealership)
Dark colour with green Electrolyte level No action

area in the centre and charge sufficient

If the vehicle is inactive for a long pe- The total intake of these systems Furthermore, remember that high in-
riod of time, refer to the Vehicle stor- (factory and after-market) must be take electric devices (such as baby bot-
age paragraph in section Getting the less than 0.6 mA x Ah (of the bat- tle warmers, vacuum cleaners, cellular
best out of you vehicle. tery) as shown in the following table: phones, mini-fridges, etc.) powered
when the engine is off can deploy
Before performing any operation on the battery.
the electrical system, disconnect the
battery negative cable. IMPORTANT When installing ad-
Battery terminals shall always be ditional systems on the vehicle, bear
perfectly separated. Battery Maximum in mind that improper branches on
admitted stand-by connections of the vehicle wiring are
If you want to add accessories after intake dangerous, particularly if safety devices
buying the vehicle (antitheft system, are involved.
free-hand phone kit, radio navigator,
etc.) visit a Fiat Dealership. They 60 Ah 36 mA
can suggest the most suitable acces- 88 Ah 52.8 mA
sories to get and check whether the
electric system can support the 100 Ah 60 mA
required load or whether a higher
capacity battery is required.
These devices will, in fact, run off
the battery even when the key is not
inserted (vehicle parked, engine off).

ELECTRONIC disconnect the electronic control SPEED LIMITER
CONTROL UNIT units if you are electrically welding the
vehicle body. Remove the units if tem- On certain version, the injection con-
peratures exceed 80 C (special op- trol unit is set to limit the vehicle
When the vehicle is being used nor- speed at a max. preset limit.
mally, special measures are not nec- erations on the bodywork, etc.).
essary. IMPORTANT If the sound system Speed limits are the following:
The following instructions must be or vehicle alarm systems are not infor Minibus versions (M2 homolo-
followed very carefully however, if stalled correctly, they can interfere gation category): 100 km/h;
you work on the electrical system or with the working of the electronic
control units. for good Transport versions (ve-
in cases where emergency starting is hicle dead weight: > 3.5 t) (N2 ho-
necessary: mologation category): 90 km/h;
never disconnect the battery from WARNING
Label (fig.16) with admitted top
the electric system while the engine is Modifications or repairs to speed (90 or 100 km/h according to
running; the electrical system car- versions) is applied on the wind-
disconnect the battery from the ried out incorrectly and without screen.
electric system if you are recharging it; bearing the features of the system
in mind can cause malfunctions This limit has been established by Eu-
never perform emergency starting with the risk of fire. ropean Directive 2002/85/EC, what-
with a battery charger. Always use an ever violation is therefore punishable
auxiliary battery; by law.
be particularly careful when con- IMPORTANT When the device
F0D0299m
necting the battery to the electric sys- comes into action, the speed value
tem. Make sure that the polarity is displayed on the instrument panel
correct and that the connection is ef- could be approx. 10% higher than the
ficient; actual one.
do not connect or disconnect the
terminals of the electronic units while
the ignition key is at MAR;
do not check polarity through
sparking; fig. 16

WHEELS AND Wrong pressure causes uneven IMPORTANT As far as possible
TYRES wear of the tyres fig. 17: avoid sharp braking and screech starts.
A - correct pressure: tyre wears Be careful not to hit the kerb, pot-
Check the pressure of each tyre, in- evenly holes or other obstacles. Driving for
cluding the spare, every two weeks long stretches over bumpy roads can
and before long journeys. B - under-inflated tyre: shoulder damage the tyres.
tread wear
The pressure must be checked when Periodically check that the tyres have
the tyre is rested and cold. C - over-inflated tyre: centre tread no cuts in the side wall, abnormal
wear. swelling or irregular tyre wear. If any
It is normal for pressure to rise of these occur, have the vehicle seen
when you are driving. If you have to WARNING to at a Fiat Dealership.
check or restore the pressure when
the tyres are warm, remember that If the pressure is too low, Avoid overloading your vehicle: this
the pressure value must be 0.3 bar the tyre overheats and this can seriously damage wheels or tyres.
above the specified value. can cause it serious damage.
If you get a flat tyre, stop immedi-
See Wheels in Technical specifi- ately and change it so as not to dam-
cations chapter for the correct tyre Tyres must be replaced when the age the tyre, the wheel, the suspen-
inflation pressure. tread wears down to 1.6 mm. In any sion and the steering.
case, comply with the laws in the coun-
try where the vehicle is being driven.
F0D0027m
WARNING
Tyre pressure must be cor-
rect to ensure good road
holding.
fig. 17

Tyres age even if they are not used To ensure the front and rear tyres all RUBBER TUBING
very much. Cracking of the tread rub- wear evenly, you are advised to change
ber and the side walls are a sign of this the tyres over every 10 - 15 thousand Follow the Service Schedule carefully
ageing. In any case, if the tyres have kilometres keeping them on the same in the case of braking and fuel supply
been fitted for more than six years side of the vehicle so as not to reverse system rubber tubing.
they should be examined by an expert the direction of rotation.
who can judge whether they are still Ozone, high temperatures and long
fit for use. Remember to check the absence of fluid in the system can in
spare tyre particularly carefully too. fact cause the hardening and cracking
WARNING of the pipes with possible loss of fluid.
If a replacement is necessary, always Do not change the tyres A careful check is therefore essential.
use new tyres and avoid using ones over in criss-cross fashion
the origin of which you are not cer- by moving a tyre from the left-hand
tain about. side of the vehicle to the right and
The Ducato uses tubeless tyres. Un- vice versa.
der no circumstances use an inner
tube with these tyres.
If you replace a tyre it is a good idea
to change the inflation valve, too. WARNING
Never submit alloy rims to
repainting treatments re-
quiring to use temperatures ex-
ceeding 150C since the mechani-
cal properties of the wheels could
be impaired.

WINDSCREEN Some simple steps can reduce po- Changing the windscreen
WIPER tential damage to the blades: wiper blade
if the temperature falls to below 1) Lift windscreen wiper arm A-
zero, make sure the rubber blade is fig. 18 off the glass and position the
BLADES not frozen to the windscreen. If nec- blade so as to form a right angle with
Periodically clean the rubber part essary, free it with a de-icing com- the arm.
with suitable products. We recom- pound;
2) Press tab B on the retainer and
mend TUTELA PROFESSIONAL remove any snow that has settled remove the blade to be replaced from
SC35. on the glass: besides saving the blades arm A .
Change the blades if the rubber edge you will avoid straining the electric
windscreen wiper motor and causing 3) Fit the new blade by inserting the
is warped or worn out. You should in tab into the special slot in the arm.
any case change them approximately it to overheat;
Make sure it is properly locked into
once a year. do not operate the windscreen or place.
rear window wipers on dry glass.
WARNING
Travelling with worn wiper
blades is dangerous be-
F0D0123m
cause it reduces visibility in bad
weather.
fig. 18

SPRAY NOZZLES Headlight washer BODYWORK
If there is no jet of liquid, first make
Windscreen washer sure that there is liquid in the reser- PROTECTING THE VEHICLE
If there is no jet of liquid, first make voir. Then make sure that the holes FROM ATMOSPHERIC
sure that there is liquid in the reser- in the nozzles fig. 20 are not clogged AGENTS
voir: see Checking fluid levels in this up. Use a pin to open the nozzles if
section. Then make sure that the necessary. The main causes of rust are:
holes in the nozzles are not clogged atmospheric pollution;
up fig. 19. Use a pin to open the noz-
zles if necessary. The windscreen jets salt and humidity in the atmos-
are directed by adjusting the inclina- phere (coastal or very hot and humid
tion of nozzles. Direct the spray so areas);
that it reaches the highest point environmental conditions that are
reached by the brushes. specific to the season.
In addition, the abrasiveness of dust
in the atmosphere and sand carried by
the wind as well as mud and stones
kicked up by other vehicles must not
be underestimated.
For your vehicle, Fiat has used lead-
F0D0125m
F0D0122m
ing-edge technological solutions to ef-

fectively protect the body from rust.
These are the most important:
painting systems and products that
make the vehicle particularly resistant
to rust and scratching;
fig. 19 fig. 20

the use of zinc-plated sheet steel TIPS FOR KEEPING THE BODY To wash the vehicle properly:
which is highly resistant to rust; IN GOOD CONDITIONS 1) wash the body using a low pres-
the spraying of the underbody, ensure jet of water;
gine compartment, inside the wheel- Paintwork
houses and other parts with wax- 2) wipe a sponge with a slightly
The paintwork is not only to make soapy solution over the bodywork,
based products with a high protective your vehicle look attractive but also
capacity; frequently rinsing the sponge;
to protect the steel.
spraying plastic-coating materials 3) rinse well with water and dry
If the paint is scuffed or scratched with a jet of air or a chamois leather.
to protect the most exposed points: deeply you are therefore advised to
under the door, inside the wings, the touch up as necessary to prevent rust When drying the vehicle, be careful
edges, etc.; from forming. to get at those parts which are not so
the use of open box sections to easily seen, e.g. the door frames, bon-
Only use genuine products when net and around the headlights where
prevent condensation and water from touching up the paintwork (see sec-
building up and rusting the inside of water can most readily collect. You
tion Technical Specifications). should leave the vehicle out in the
the parts.
Ordinary maintenance of the paint- open so that any water remaining can
work means washing it. The frequency evaporate more easily.
BODY AND UNDERBODY
WARRANTY you should do this depends on the
conditions and the environment the
Your Ducato is covered by warranty vehicle is driven in.
against any original structural or body
part being perforated by rust. Refer to For example:
the Warranty Booklet for the general areas with a high level of air-pollu-
terms. tion;
roads sprinkled with road saltwash;
parking under trees which drop
resin. In these cases, wash your vehi-
cle more frequently.

Do not wash the vehicle after it has To better protect the paintwork, Engine compartment
been parked in the sun or while the polish with protective wax from time
bonnet is hot: it could take the shine to time, that leaves a protective layer At the end of each winter season,
off the paint. on the paintwork. carefully clean the engine compart-
ment. Have this done at a garage.
Outside plastic parts must be When the paintwork tends to lose
cleaned following the usual vehicle its shine because of the build-up of IMPORTANT The engine com-
washing procedure. smog, use a wax (polish) which has a partment should be washed while the
slightly abrasive as well as protective engine is cold and with the ignition key
Where possible avoid parking the action. at STOP. After washing, make sure
vehicle under trees; the resinous sub- that the various protections (e.g. rub-
stances that certain species of tree ber boots and various guards) have
shed dull the paintwork and increase Front headlights not be removed or damaged.
the possibility of rust forming. IMPORTANT Never use aromat-
ic substances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones
(e.g.: acetone) for cleaning front head-
Detergents pollute wa- light plastic lens.
ter. For this reason, the
vehicle must be washed Windows
in an area equipped for the col- Use specific window cleaners to Detergents pollute wa-
lection and purification of the liq- clean the windows. Use very clean ter. The vehicle must
uids used while washing. cloths to avoid scratching the glass or therefore be washed in an
damaging its transparency. area equipped for the collection
and purification of the liquids
IMPORTANT To prevent damage used while washing.
to the electric heater element, wipe
IMPORTANT Bird droppings the inside of the heated rear window
must be washed off immediately and (where fitted) gently in the same di-
with great care as their acid is partic- rection as the elements.
ularly aggressive.

INTERIORS WARNING PLASTIC PARTS INSIDE
Do not keep aerosol cans in THE VEHICLE
From time to time check that water the vehicle. There is the risk
has not collected under the mats Clean plastic parts with damp cloth
they might explode. Aerosol cans with water and non-abrasive neutral
(from dripping shoes, umbrellas, etc.) must never be exposed to a tem-
which could cause the steel to rust. soap. To remove grease or hard
perature above 50C; when the stains, use special solvent-free prod-
weather starts to get hot the tem- ucts designed not to alter the appear-
perature inside the vehicle might go ance and colour of components.
well beyond that figure.
IMPORTANT Do not use alcohol
WARNING or petrol to clean the instrument
panel.
Never use flammable prod-
ucts (petroleum ether or CLEANING SEATS
petrol) to clean the inside of the ve- AND FABRICS
hicle. Electrostatic charges gener-
ated by rubbing while cleaning Remove dust with a soft brush and
could cause fires. vacuum cleaner. For velvet seats use
a damp brush.
Brush the seats with a damp sponge
with water and neutral soap.

T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
VEHICLE ENGINE MARKING MODEL PLATE

IDENTIFICATION The marking is stamped on the cylin- The model plate fig. 2 includes the
der block and includes the model and following identification data:
DATA the serial number.
A - Manufacturers name
See the following pages for the en-
CHASSIS MARKING fig. 1 gine codes together with the body- B - Homologation number
This is stamped on the wheelhouse work codes. C - Vehicle type code
near the passenger seat. It can be D - Vehicle ID code (Chassis serial
reached by lifting the special plastic number)
flap in the carpeting over the wheel
arch and it includes:
vehicle model ZFA 244.000
chassis serial number.
F0D0126m
F0D0026m
fig. 1 fig. 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 185

E - Maximum vehicle weight fully BODYWORK PAINT It bears the following data fig. 5:
loaded IDENTIFICATION PLATE A - Paint manufacturer
F - Maximum vehicle weight fully The plate A-fig. 4 is set on the left-
loaded with trailer B - Colour name
hand inner side of the bonnet.
G - Maximum vehicle weight on C - Fiat colour code
front axle D - Respray and touch up code.
H - Maximum vehicle weight on rear
axle
I - Engine type
L - Body version code
M - Smoke opacity index (for diesel
engines).
This plate is fastened to the front
crossmember in the engine compart-
ment A-fig. 3.
F0D0188m
F0D0189m
F0D0025m
186 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS
Version 11 Engine Engine Bodywork

code version
Van short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMFA AX
Van short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMFB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMNB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMNB BX
Truck medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMDB AX
Truck short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMDA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMAA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244ATMAA AXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMAB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244ATMAB AXC
Transport ambulance short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMTA AX
Panorama short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMPA 00
Combi 6 seater short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMRA 01
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMCA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244ATMCA AXC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244ATMCB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244ATMCB AXC
Van short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMFA AX
Van short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMFB AX

code version
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMNB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMNB BX
Chassis cab short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMAA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMAA AXC
Truck short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMDA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMCA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMCA AXC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMBA AX
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMBA AXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMAB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMAB AXC
Truck medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMDB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMCB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMCB AXC
Panorama short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMPA 02
Combi 6 seater short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMRA 03
Combi short wheelbase low roof 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMFA ZX
Combi medium wheelbase low roof 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMRB 26
Chassis cowl short wheelbase city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244AAMRA 03
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMBA AX
Truck short wheelbase city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMCA AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMDA AX
Truck medium wheelbase city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMCB AX
Van short wheelbase low roof city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMDB AX
Van short wheelbase high roof city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMFA AX
Van medium wheelbase low roof city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase high sided city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMFB AX
Van medium wheelbase extra high city centre 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMNB AX
Van short wheelbase low roof (9 q) 2.0 JTD RHV 244DAMNB BX

code version
Van short wheelbase high roof (9 q) 2.0 JTD RHV 244EAMFA AX
Van medium wheelbase low roof (9 q) 2.0 JTD RHV 244EAMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase high sided (9 q) 2.0 JTD RHV 244EAMNB AX
Van medium wheelbase extra high (9 q) 2.0 JTD RHV 244EAMNB BX
Van short wheelbase low roof without EGR (9 q) 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ESMFA AY
Van short wheelbase high roof without EGR (9 q) 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ESMFA BY
Van short wheelbase high sided without EGR (9 q) 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ESMNB AY
Van short wheelbase extra high without EGR (9 q) 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ESMNB BY
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMFA AY
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMFA BY
Van short wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMFA AX
Van short wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMFB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMNB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMNB BY
Van long wheelbase high sided without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMNC AY
Van long wheelbase extra high without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMNC BY
Transport ambulance short wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMTA AX
Panorama short wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMPA 04
Combi 6 seater short wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMRA 05
Combi short wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMFA ZX
Combi medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244ASMRB 31
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMFA AY
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMFA BY
Van medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMFB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMNB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMNB BY
Van short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMFA AX
Van short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMFB AX

code version
Combi short wheelbase automatic gearbox low roof 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APARA 30
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMNB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMNB BX
Ambulance van short wheelbase low roof without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244ALMFA AY
Transport ambulance short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMTA AX
Panorama short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMPA 06
Panorama short wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APAPA 07
Combi 6 seater short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMRA 08
Combi short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244APMFA ZX
Van short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMFA AX
Van short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMFB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMNB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMNB BX
Van high sided long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMNC AX
Van high sided long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMNC BX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab 2.0 RFL 244BTMHB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244BTMHB AXC
Chassis cab short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMAA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244BTMAA AXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMAB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244BTMAB AXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMAC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244BTMAC AXC
Truck short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMDA AX
Truck medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMDB AX
Truck long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMDC AX

code version
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab 2.0 RFL 244BTMGB AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab 2.0 RFL 244BTMHC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244BTMHC AXC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMCC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244BTMCC AXC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMCA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244BTMCA AXC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMCB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244BTMCB AXC
Transport ambulance medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMTB AX
Aid ambulance medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMSB AX
Panorama medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMPB 09
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMRB 10
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244BTMRB 10B
Van high sided medium wheelbase Bipower 2.0 RFL 244BTMNB AM
Van high sided medium wheelbase Bipower (extra high) 2.0 RFL 244BTMNB BM
Van high sided medium wheelbase petrol/LPG 2.0 RFL 244BTM NB AG
Van high sided medium wheelbase petrol/LPG (extra high) 2.0 RFL 244BTMNB BG
Van high sided long wheelbase Bipower 2.0 RFL 244BTMNC AM
Van high sided long wheelbase Bipower (extra high) 2.0 RFL 244BTMNC BM
Van high sided long wheelbase petrol/LPG 2.0 RFL 244BTMNC AG
Van high sided long wheelbase petrol/LPG (extra high) 2.0 RFL 244BTMNC BG
Van short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMFA AX
Van short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMFB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMNB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMNB BX

code version
Van long wheelbase high sided without EGR 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMNC AX
Van long wheelbase extra high without EGR 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMNC BX
Chassis cab short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMAA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMAA AXC
Truck short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMDA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMCA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMCA AXC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMBA AX
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMBA AXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMAB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMAB AXC
Truck medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMDB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMCB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMCB AXC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMBB AX
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMBB AXC
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMGB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMHB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMHB AXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMAC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMAC AXC
Truck long wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMDC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMCC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMCC AXC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMBC AX
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMBC AXC
Truck long wheelbase crew cab 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMGC AX

code version
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMHC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMHC AXC
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase 2.0 JTD RHV 244BAMRB 11
Combi medium wheelbase high sided 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BAMRB 11C
Panorama medium wheelbase high sided 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BAMPB 27
Ambulance van medium wheelbase high sided 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMNB AX
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMFA AY
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMFA BY
Van medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMFB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMNB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMNB BY
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMNB AX
Van high sided long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMNC AY
Van high sided long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMNC BY
Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAA AY
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAA AYC
Truck short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMDA AY
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCA AY
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCA AYC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCA BYC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCB BYC
Camping car without EGR
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCC BYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBA AY
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBA AYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBA BYC

code version
Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAB AYC
Truck medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMDB AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCB AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCB AYC
Camping Car without EGR
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBB AY
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBB AYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBB BYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAC AYC
Truck long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMDC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMCC AYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBC AY
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBC AYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBC BYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAGAYC
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMDG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBG AYC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBG BYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMHB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMHB AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMHG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMHG AYC
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMDG AY
Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMGG AY

code version
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMGB AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMHC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMHC AYC
Truck long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMGC AY
Transport ambulance medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMTB AX
Aid ambulance medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMSB AX
Panorama medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMPB 12
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMRB 13
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMRB 13B
Combi medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMFB ZX
Combi high sided medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMNB ZX
Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAABYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBA BYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAB BYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBB BYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAC BYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBC BYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMAG BYC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244BSMBG BYC
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMFA AY
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMFA BY
Van medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMFB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNB BY
Van high sided long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNC AY
Van high sided long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNC BY
Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAA AY

code version
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAA AYC
Truck short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDA AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAB AYC
Truck medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDB AY
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase low roof automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACA AXC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase low roof 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACA AXC
Camping Car automatic gearbox
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCB AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCB AYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBA AY
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBA AYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBB AY
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBB AYC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCA AY
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCA AYC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase special 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCA BYC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCB BYC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCC BYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAC AYC
Truck long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCC AYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBC AY
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBC AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAG AY

code version
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAG AYC
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBG AYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHB AYC
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMGB AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHC AYC
Truck long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMGC AY
Chassis cab short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAA BYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBA BYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAB BYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBB BYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAC BYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBC BYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAG BYC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPM BG BYC
Van short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMFA AX
Van short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMFB AX
Van short wheelbase low roof automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAFA AX
Van short wheelbase high roof automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAFA BX
Van medium wheelbase low roof automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAFB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNB BX
Van high sided medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPANB AX

code version
Van high sided medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPANB BX
Van high sided long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNC AX
Van high sided long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNC BX
Van high sided long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPANC AX
Van high sided long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPANC BX
Chassis cab short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAA AXC
Truck short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAA AXC
Truck short wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPADA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAA BXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAB BXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAC BXC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAG BXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAB AXC
Truck medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDB AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCA AXC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase special Camping car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCA BXC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special Camping car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCB BXC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special Camping car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCC BXC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCB AXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAB AXC

code version
Truck medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPADB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACB AXC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBA AX
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBA AXC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBA BXC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABA AX
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABA AXC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBB AX
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBB AXC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBB BXC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABB AX
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABB AXC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBC BXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAC AXC
Truck long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMSB AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHB AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHB AXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCC AX
Truck long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMCC AXC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAC AXC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPADC AX
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACC AX

code version
Chassis cowl long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACC AXC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBC AX
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBC AXC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABC AX
Truck 4050 wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABC AXC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAG AX
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAG AXC
Truck 4050 wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDG AX
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPM BG BXC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAG AX
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAG AXC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPADG AX
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBG AX
Aid ambulance medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBG AXC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMGG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABG AX
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABG AXC
Truck 4050 wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMGB AX
Truck 4050 wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHC AX
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHC AXC
Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMGC AX
Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPM TB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMPB 14
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAPB 15
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMRB 16
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMRB 16B

code version
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPARB 17
Truck long wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPARB 17B
Transport ambulance medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMFB ZX
Panorama medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMNB ZX
Panorama medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAFB ZX
Panorama Autonomy 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAPA 32
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAA BXC
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBA BXC
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAB BXC
Combi 6 seater medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHG AYC
Combi medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHG AX
Combi medium wheelbase high sided 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMHG AXC
Combi medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPADG AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDG AX
Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMDG AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMGG AX
Combi medium wheelbase high sided automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPANB ZX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase low roof 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACA BXC
Camping Car Special automatic gearbox
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase low roof 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACB BXC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase low roof 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPACC BXC
Chassis cab short wheelbase special Camping car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAA BXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase low roof special 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAB BXC
Camping car automatic gearbox
Chassis cab long wheelbase low roof special 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAC BXC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPAAG BXC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABA BXC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase low roof special 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABA BXC

code version
Chassis cowl long wheelbase low roof special 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABA BXC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPABA BXC
Van short wheelbase low roof without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMFA AY
Van short wheelbase high roof without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMFA BY
Van medium wheelbase low roof without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMFB AY
Van medium wheelbase high sided without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMNB AY
Van medium wheelbase extra high 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMNB BY
Van long wheelbase high sided without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMNC AY
Van long wheelbase extra high without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMNC BY
Truck short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMDA AY
Truck medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMDB AY
Truck long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMDC AY
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMDG AY
Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMGG AY
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMGB AY
Truck long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMGC AY
Chassis cowl short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBA AY
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBA AYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBB AY
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBB AYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBC AY
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBC AYC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBG AYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBA BYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBB BYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBC BYC

code version
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBG BYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBA BYC1
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBB BYC1
Chassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBC BYC1
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMBG BYC1
Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAA AY
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAA AYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAB AYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAC AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAG AYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMHB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMHB AYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMHC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMHC AYC
Chassis cab short wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAA BYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAB BYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAC BYC

code version
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAG BYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMHG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMHG AYC
Chassis cab short wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAA BYC1
Chassis cab medium wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAB BYC1
Chassis cab long wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAC BYC1
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMAG BYC1
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCB AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase
Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCB AYC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCC AYC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCA AY
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCA AYC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase special
Camping car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCA BYC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special
Camping car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCB BYC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special 2.8 JTD POWER
Camping car without EGR 8140.43N 244BZMCC BYC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase special Camping car 2.8 JTD POWER
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR 8140.43N 244BZMCA BYC1
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase special Camping car 2.8 JTD POWER
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR 8140.43N 244BZMCB BYC1
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase special Camping car
(max weight 1850 kg front axle) without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244BZMCC BYC1

Version MAXI Engine Engine Bodywork
code version
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBB BXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAC BXC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMBC BXC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPMAG BXC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase special Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244BPM BG BXC
Van short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMFA AX
Van short wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMFA BX
Van medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMFB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMNB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMNB BX
Van high sided long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMNC AX
Van high sided long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMNC BX
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab 2.0 RFL 244CTMGB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab 2.0 RFL 244CTMHB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244CTMHB AXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMAC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244CTMAC AXC
Truck long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMDC AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMA AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244CTMA AXC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMCC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244CTMCC AXC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMCB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244CTMCB AXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab 2.0 RFL 244CTMHC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.0 RFL 244CTMHC AXC
Truck medium wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CMDB AX
Truck long wheelbase crew cab 2.0 RFL 244CTMGC AX
Minibus long wheelbase 2.0 RFL 244CTMMC AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase Bipower 2.0 RFL 244CTMNB AM

code version
Van high sided medium wheelbase Bipower (extra high) 2.0 RFL 244CTMNB BM
Van high sided medium wheelbase petrol/LPG 2.0 RFL 244CTMNB AG
Van high sided medium wheelbase petrol/LPG (extra high) 2.0 RFL 244CTMNB BG
Van high sided long wheelbase Bipower 2.0 RFL 244CTMNC AM
Van high sided long wheelbase Bipower (extra high) 2.0 RFL 244CTMNC BM
Van high sided long wheelbase petrol/LPG 2.0 RFL 244CTMNC AG
Van high sided long wheelbase petrol/LPG (extra high) 2.0 RFL 244CTMNC BG
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMFA AY
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMFA BY
Van medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMFB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMNB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMNB BY
Van high sided long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMNC AY
Van high sided long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMNC BY
Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMAA AY
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMAA AYC
Truck short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMDA AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMCA AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMCA AYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMBA AY
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMBA AYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMAB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMAB AYC
Truck medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMDB AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMCB AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMCB AYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMBB AY
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMBB AYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMAC AY

code version
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMAC AYC
Truck long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMDC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMCC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMCC AYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMBC AY
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMBC AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMAG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMAG AYC
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMDG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMBG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMBG AYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMHB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMHB AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMHG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMHG AYC
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMDG AY
Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMGG AY
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMGB AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMHC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMHC AYC
Truck long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMGC AY
Minibus long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMMC AY
School bus (primary school) long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMEC AY
School bus (secondary school) long wheelbase without EGR 2.3 JTD F1AE0481C 244CSMLC AY
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMFA AY
Van short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMFA BY
Van medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMFB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMNB AY
Van high sided medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMNB BY
Van high sided long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMNC AY
Van high sided long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMNC BY

code version
Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAA AY
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAA AYC
Truck short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDA AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAB AYC
Truck medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDB AY
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPACA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPACA AXC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCA AX
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCA AXC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCA AY
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCA AYC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCB AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCB AYC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBA AY
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBA AYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBB AY
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBB AYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAC AYC
Truck long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCC AYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBC AY
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBC AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAG AYC
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBG AY
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDA AX

code version
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBG AYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHB AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHG AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHG AX
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHG AXC
Truck 4050 wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPADG AX
Truck 4050 wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDG AX
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDG AY
Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMGG AX
Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMGG AY
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHB AYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMGB AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHC AY
Truck long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHC AYC
Minibus long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMGC AY
School bus (primary school) long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMMC AY
School bus (secondary school) long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMEC AY
Van short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMLC AY
Van short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMFA AX
Van medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMFA BX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMFB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMNB AX
Van high sided medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMNB BX
Van high sided medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPANB AX
Van high sided long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPANB BX
Van high sided long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMNC AX
Van high sided long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMNC BX
Van high sided long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPANC AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPANC BX
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAA AX

code version
Truck short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAA AXC
Chassis cab short wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPAAA AX
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPAAA AXC
Truck short wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPADA AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAB AXC
Truck medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCB AXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPAAB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPAAB AXC
Truck medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPADB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPACB AX
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPACB AXC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBA AX
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBA AXC
Chassis cowl short wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPABA AX
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPABA AXC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBB AX
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBB AXC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPABB AX
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPABB AXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAC AXC
Truck long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMCC AXC
Chassis cab long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPAAC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPAAC AXC
Truck long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPADC AX

code version
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPACC AX
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPACC AXC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBC AX
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBC AXC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPABC AX
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPABC AXC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAG AX
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMAG AXC
Truck 4050 wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMDG AX
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPAAG AX
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPAAG AXC
Truck 4050 wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPADG AX
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBG AX
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMBG AXC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPABG AX
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car automatic gearbox 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPABG AXC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHB AX
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHB AXC
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMGB AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHC AX
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMHC AXC
Truck long wheelbase crew cab 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMGC AX
Minibus long wheelbase 2.8 JTD 8140.43S 244CPMMC AX

code version
Van short wheelbase low roof without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMFA AY
Van short wheelbase high roof without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMFA BY
Van medium wheelbase low roof without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMFB BY
Van medium wheelbase high sided without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMNB AY
Van medium wheelbase extra high without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMNB BY
Minibus long wheelbase high sided without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMNC AY
Van long wheelbase extra high without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMNC BY
Truck short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMDA AY
Truck medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMDB AY
Truck long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMDC AY
Truck 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMDG AY
Truck 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMGG AY
Truck medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMGB AY
Truck long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMGC AY
Chassis cowl short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMBA AY
Chassis cowl short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMBA AYC
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMBB AY
Chassis cowl medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMBA AYC
Chassis cowl long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMBC AY
Chassis cowl long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMBC AYC
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMBG AY

code version
Chassis cowl 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMBG AYC
Chassis cab short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMAA AY
Chassis cab short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMAA AYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMAB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMAB AYC
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMHB AY
Chassis cab medium wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMHB AYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMAC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMAC AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMAG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMAG AYC
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMHG AY
Chassis cab 4050 wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMHG AYC
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMHC AY
Chassis cab long wheelbase crew cab Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMHC AYC
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMCB AY
Chassis cab with load bed medium wheelbase 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMCB AYC
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMCA AY
Chassis cab with load bed short wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMCA AYC
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMCC AY
Chassis cab with load bed long wheelbase Camping Car without EGR 2.8 JTD POWER 8140.43N 244CZMCC AYC

ENGINE
GENERAL FEATURES 2.0 2.0 JTD 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD
POWER
Engine code RFL RHV F1AE0481C 8140.43 S 8140.43 N
Cycle Otto Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel
Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line
Diameter x stroke mm 86x86 85x88 88x94 94.4x100 94.4x100
Total capacity cm3 1998 1997 2286 2800 2800
Compression ratio 9.5 : 1 17.6 : 1 19 : 1 18 : 1 18 : 1
kW 81 62 81 93.5 107
Maximum power output EEC HP 110 84 110 127 146
corresponding ratio rpm 5700 4000 3600 3600 3600
Nm 168 192 270 300 310
Maximum torque EEC kgm 17.1 19.6 27.6 30.6 31.6
corresponding ratio rpm 3700 1900 1800 1800 1500
RC9YCC
Spark plugs
RFC52LS
Unleaded Diesel for Diesel for Diesel for Diesel for
Fuel petrol motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles
95 RON (EN590 (EN590 (EN590 (EN590
specifications) specifications) specifications) specifications)

FUEL SUPPLY/IGNITION FUEL SUPPLY SPARK PLUGS
Petrol version JTD/JTD POWER versions The cleanness and soundness of the
spark plugs are very important for
Electronic Multipoint sequential UNIJET (Common Rail) electronic keeping the engine efficient and pol-
phased integrated electronic injection control direct injection, turbosuper- luting emissions down.
and ignition; a single injection system charger with WASTEGATE valve and
controls both functions. It processes intercooler (2.3 JTD, 2.8 JTD and 2.8 The appearance of the spark plug, if
both the time the injection lasts (for JTD POWER versions). examined by an expert eyes, is a good
fuel metering) and the ignition advance way of pinpointing a problem even if it
angle. has nothing to do with the ignition sys-
tem. Therefore, if the engine has prob-
lems, it is important to have the spark
plugs checked at a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING The spark plugs must be

changed at the times
Modifications or repairs to specified in the SERVICE
the fuel feed system that SCHEDULE. Only use the type of
are not carried out properly or do plugs indicated: if the heat ratio
not take the systems technical is less than required or the life
specifications into account can specified is not guaranteed, prob-
cause malfunctions leading to the lems can arise.
risk of fire.

BRAKES WARNING TRANSMISSION
Water, ice or salt on road
SERVICE AND EMERGENCY surfaces can deposit on CLUTCH
BRAKES brake discs, reducing braking effi-
ciency on the first braking. Hydraulically controlled without
Front: disc, floating caliper with two travel-free pedal.
operating cylinders for each wheel and
pad wear warning light.
MECHANICAL GEARBOX
Rear: self-centring shoes and micro- AND DIFFERENTIAL
metric mechanism for clearance take-
up. Five forward gears and reverse with
Certain versions are fitted with rear HANDBRAKE synchromesh for front gear engage-
disc brakes with Drum in hat device Controlled by a lever, it works me- ment.
(i.e. drum on disc to block the vehicle chanically on the rear brake shoes. Cyclical gear reduction and differen-
when parked with handbrake en- tial assembly incorporated in the gear-
gaged). For versions with rear disc brakes,
the handbrake works on the Drum in box.
Cross-over hydraulic circuit control. hat device shoes. Drive transmission to the front
Four sensors ABS system with EBD. IMPORTANT Pull the handbrake wheels by means of drive shafts con-
lever only when the vehicle is at a nected to the differential assembly and
Automatic recovery of the friction the wheels with CV joints.
gasket wear; versions with rear disc standstill, or when the vehicle is run-
brake excluded (Drum in hat ver- ning, but however only in case of a
sions). failure of the hydraulic system.
Lacking ABS system brakeforce dis- Should the handbrake be exception-
tributor acting on rear brake hydraulic ally used when the vehicle is running,
circuit according to rear axle load. it is suggested to keep a moderate
traction to avoid causing the rear axle
block, entailing vehicle side skidding.

ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC SUSPENSIONS REAR
GEARBOX Rigid tubular axle type.
(2.8 JTD versions only) FRONT Lengthways single blade (two-blades
Automatic gearbox with four speeds Independent wheel, McPherson sus- as optional) leaf spring.
plus reverse with self-adapting control pension.
(i.e. capable of adapting to the drivers Vertical shock absorbers anchored
driving style), which transmits power Telescopic dampers with flexible an- above on the body (on the inside of
continuously and with very fast elec- chorage to the body and dust guards the wheelhouse) and down on the
tro-hydraulic gear engagement times. on buffers. axle flange.
Coil springs offset with shock ab- Knock-guard buffer fixed to the side
sorbers and knock-guard buffers. member.
Lower wishbone with twin taper Coupling for brake load proportion-
rubber bushing on chassis and ball ing.
head on wheel stud.

STEERING WHEELS SPARE WHEEL
Printed steel rim.
Energy-absorbing jointed steering
column and wheel. RIMS AND TYRES Tubeless tyre (same as those fitted).
Height adjustable steering wheel. Printed steel rims with ventilated
disk. SNOW CHAINS
Permanently lubricated rack and pin-
ion. Tubeless tyres with radial carcass. Only use low profile chains, see
Snow chains.
Hydraulic power steering. The homologated tyres are listed in
the log book.
Minimum turning circle: WHEEL GEOMETRY
short wheelbase ................ 11 m IMPORTANT In the event of dis- Front wheel toe-in measured from
medium wheelbase ............ 12.1 m crepancies between the information rim to rim: 2 1 mm.
long wheelbase .................. 13,7 m provided in this Owner Handbook and
the Log Book, consider the specifica- The values refer to the vehicle in run-
Number of steering wheel turns lock tions shown in the Log Book only. ning order.
to lock......................................... 3.52
To ensure safety of the vehicle in
movement, it must be fitted with tyres
of the same make and type on all
wheels.
WARNING
Do not hold the power as- IMPORTANT Do not use inner
sisted steering wheel with tubes with tubeless tyres.
the engine running for longer than
15 seconds. It will make a noise and
you could damage the system.

UNDERSTANDING TYRE Maximum speed rating UNDERSTANDING RIM
MARKINGS Q = up to 160 km/h. MARKINGS
The following are the necessary in- R = up to 170 km/h. The following are the necessary in-
dications to understand the meaning dications to understand the meaning
of the markings on the tyre. S = up to 180 km/h. of the markings on the rim.
T = up to 190 km/h.
U = up to 200 km/h.
Example: 195/70 R 15C 103/101 Q H = up to 210 km/h. Example: 6J x 15 H2
V = up to 240 km/h.
Maximum speed rating 6 = rim in inches (1)

195 = Nominal width for snow tyres
(S, distance between side J = rim drop centre outline
walls in mm). Q M+S = up to 160 km/h (side projection where the
70 = Height/width ratio (H/S, T M+S = up to 190 km/h tyre bead rests) (2)
as a percentage). H M+S = up to 240 km/h 15 = rim nominal diameter in
R = Radial tyre. inches (corresponds to di-
ameter of the tyre to be
15 = Rim nominal diameter in mounted) (3 = )
F0D0031m
inches ().
H2 = hump shape and number
C = Letter identifying tyres (relief on the circumfer-
for light-duty ence holding the tubeless
transportation. tyre bead on the rim)
103/101 = Load rating (carrying ca-
pacity).
Q = Maximum speed rating.
fig. 6

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Inflation pressure (bar)
Unladen and fully loaded
Version Rim Tyre Front Rear
11
All types 6J x 15 - H2 195/70 R15C 103/101 Q 4.0 4.0
205/70 R15C 106/104 Q 4.0 4.0
Camping Car 6J x 15 - H2 215/70 R15C 109/107 Q Camping 5.0 5.0
15
All types (**) 6J x 15 - H2 205/70 R15C 106/104 Q 4.1 4.5
2.8 JTD POWER 6J x 15 - H2 205/70 R15C 106/104 R 4.1 4.5
MAXI
All types (**) 6J x 16 - H2 205/75 R16C 110/108 Q 4.5 4.5 (*)
215/75 R16C 113/111 Q 4.5 4.5
2.8 JTD POWER 6J x 16 - H2 205/75 R16C 110/108 R 4.5 4.5 (*)
215/75 R16C 113/111 R 4.5 4.5
(*) 4.75 bar for vehicles with maximum admitted load on rear axle over 2000 kg.
(**) Except 2.8 JTD POWER versions
For warm tyres the pressure should be +0.3 bar in relation to the prescribed value.
Check again the correct pressure when the tyres are cold.

Snow tyres
Inflation pressure (bar)
Version Rim Tyre Front Rear
11
All types 6J x 15 - H2 195/70 R15C 103/101 Q M+S 4.0 4.0
205/70 R15C 106/104 Q M+S 4.0 4.0
Camping Car 6J x 15 - H2 205/70 R15C 106/104 Q M+S 4.1 4.5
15
All types 6J x 15 - H2 205/70 R15C 106/104 Q M+S 4.1 4.5
2.8 JTD POWER 6J x 15 - H2 205/70 R15C 106/104 R M+S 4.1 4.5
MAXI
All types 6J x 16 - H2 205/75 R16C 110/108 Q M+S 4.5 4.5 (*)
2.8 JTD POWER 6J x 16 - H2 205/75 R16C 106/104 R M+S 4.5 4.5
(*) 4.75 bar for vehicles with maximum admitted load on rear axle over 2000 kg.

DIMENSIONS
VAN VERSION
Height is intended on an unladen vehicle.
F0D0272m
fig. 7

Versions 11 15 MAXI
Short Medium Short Medium Long Short Medium Long

wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase
A 901 901 901 901 901 901 901 901
B 2850 3200 2850 3200 3700 2850 3200 3700
C 998 998 998 998 998 998 998 998
D 4749 5099 4749 5099 5599 4749 5099 5599
E 2150 2470 2150 2725 2150 2470 2150 2725 2470 2860 2160 2480 2160 2735 2470 2860
F 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720
G 2024 2024 2024 2024 2024 2024 2024 2024
H 1441 1760 1441 1760 1441 1760 1441 2016 1441 1760 1441 1760 1441 2016 1441 1760
L 1710 1710 1710 1710 1710 1710 1710 1710
Dimensions vary according to the version, within the limits indicated above.

TRUCK VERSION
Height is intended on an unladen vehicle.
F0D0273m
fig. 8

Versions 11 15 MAXI
Short Short Medium Long 4050 medium Long 4050

wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase wheelbase
A 901 901 901 901 901 901 901 901
B 2850 2850 3200 3700 4050 3200 3700 4050
C 1080 1080 1080 1080 1029 1080 1080 1029
D 4831 4831 5181 5681 5980 5181 5681 5980
E 2517 2517 2867 3367 3670 2867 3367 3670
F 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2125 2125 2125
G 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720
H 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720 1720
L (*) 1932 1932 1932 1932 2040 1932 1932 2040
Dimensions vary according to the version, within the limits indicated above
(*) 2180 mm width optional body can be provided.

PERFORMANCE
Top speeds allowable after running in kph
Versions/engines 11-2.0 11-2.0 JTD 11-2.3 JTD 11-2.8 JTD 15-2.0 15-2.0 JTD
144 (*) 136 (*) 149 (*) 152 (*) 144 (*) 136 (*)
135 (**) 128 (**) 145 (**) 148 (**) 135 (**) 128 (**)
* All Van versions-According to the specific version

** All Truck versions
Versions/engines 15 15 15 MAXI MAXI MAXI MAXI

2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.0 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.8 JTD
POWER POWER
149 (*) 152 (*) 159 136 (*) 147 (*) 152 (*) 159
145 (**) 148 (**) 152 () 128 (**) 143 (**) 148 (**) 152 ()
* All Van versions-According to the specific version

** All Truck versions
() If Camping Car tyres are fitted

VAN WEIGHTS
Weights (kg)
Version 11 (*) 2.0 2.0 JTD 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1695 1780 1755 1840 1825 1910 1850 1935
Payload including
driver (1): 1120 1170 1060 1145 990 1075 965 1050
Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1600 1600 1600 1600
rear axle: 1600 1600 1600 1600
total: 2865 2900 2900 2900 2900
Towable weight:
trailer with brakes 2000 1600 2000 2000
trailer without brakes 750 750 750 750
Maximum load on ball coupling
(trailer with brakes) 80 80 80 80
Maximum load on roof 100 100 100 100
(1) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(2) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
* The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.

Weights (kg)
Version 15 (*) 2.0 2.0 JTD 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
2.8 JTD POWER
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1695 1865 1755 1840 1725 1995 1850 2020
Payload including driver (1): 1435 1510 1435 1505 1305 1475 1280 1450
Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1750 1750 1750 1750
rear axle: 1850 1850 1850 1850
total: 3245 3300 3300 3300 3300
Towable weight:
* The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with long, medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.

Weights (kg) 2.8 JTD
Version MAXI (*) 2.0 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD POWER
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1765 1915 1895 2045 1935 2070
Payload including driver (1): 1585 1735 1455 1605 1430 1565
Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1850 1850 1850
rear axle (3): 2120 2120 2120
total: 3500 3500 3500
Towable weight:
trailer with brakes 2000 2000 2000
trailer without brakes 750 750 750

(trailer with brakes) 80 80 80
Maximum load on roof 100 100 100
(3) See Cold tyre inflation pressure.
* The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with long and medium wheelbase, both high and low sided.

PANORAMA WEIGHTS
Weights (kg)
Short wheelbase version 2.0 2.0 JTD 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1925 1985 2055 2080
Payload including driver (1): 8P + 431 kg 8P + 371 kg 8P + 301 kg 8P + 276 kg

Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1600 1600 1600 1600
rear axle: 1600 1600 1600 1600
total: 2900 2900 2900 2900
Towable weight:

Weights (kg)
Medium wheelbase version
GRAND VOLUME 2.0 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 2065 2195 2220
Payload including driver (1): 8P + 691 kg 8P + 561 kg 8P + 536 kg

Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1750 1750 1750
rear axle: 1850 1850 1850
total: 3300 3300 3300
Towable weight:

COMBI WEIGHTS
Weights (kg)
Short wheelbase version 2.0 2.0 JTD 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1805 1865 1935 2010 1960 2035
Payload including driver (1): 5P + 755 kg 5P + 695 Kg 5P +625 515 kg 5P +600 490 kg
Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1600 1600 1600 1600
rear axle: 1600 1600 1600 1600
total: 2900 2900 2900 2900
Towable weight:

Weights (kg)
Medium wheelbase version 2.0 2.0 JTD 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1845 1905 1975 2050 2000 2075
Payload including driver (1): 5P + 1115 kg 5P + 1055 kg 5P +985 875 kg 5P +960 850 kg
Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1750 1750 1750 1750
rear axle: 1850 1850 1850 1850
total: 3300 3300 3300 3300
Towable weight:

Weights (kg)
GRAND VOLUME 2.0 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1945 2075 2150 2100 2175
Payload including
driver (1): 5P + 1015 kg 5P + 885 775 kg 5P + 860 750 kg
Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1750 1750 1750
rear axle: 1850 1850 1850
total: 3300 3300 3300
Towable weight:

TRUCK WEIGHTS
Weights (kg)
Version 11 2.0 JTD
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools 1780 1815
and accessories):
1085 1105
Payload including driver (1):
Maximum admitted
loads (2) 1600
front axle: 1600
rear axle: 2885 2900
total:
Towable weight: 1600
trailer with brakes 750
trailer without brakes
Maximum load on ball coupling 80
(trailer with brakes)

Weights (kg)
Version 15 2.0 2.0 JTD 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
2.8 JTD POWER
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1795 1780 1855 1850 1985 1875 2010
Payload including driver (1): 1505 1375 1445 1315 1415 1290 1390
Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1750 1750 1750 1750
rear axle: 1850 1850 1850 1850
total: 3300 3250 3300 3230 3300 3260 3300
Towable weight:

Weights (kg)
Version MAXI 2.0 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD - 2.8 JTD POWER
Kerb weight
(including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1845 1900 2035 1925 2060
Payload including driver (1): 1655 1465 1600 1440 1575

Maximum admitted
loads (2)
front axle: 1850 1850 1850
rear axle (3): 2120 2120 2120
total: 3500 3500 3500
Towable weight:

CREW CAB TRUCK WEIGHTS
15 15 MAXI MAXI MAXI

Weights (kg) 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD 2.0 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD
2.8 JTD POWER
Kerb weight (including fuel,
spare wheel, tools
and accessories): 1990 2055 2015 2080 1950 2040 2105 2065 2130
Payload including driver (1): 970 1310 945 1285 1250 1120 1460 1095 1435
Maximum admitted loads (2)
front axle: 1750 1750 1850 1850 1850
rear axle: 1850 1850 2120 (3) 2120 (3) 2120 (3)
total: 3300 3300 3500 3500 3500
Towable weight:
trailer with brakes 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
trailer without brakes 750 750 750 750 750
(trailer with brakes) 80 80 80 80 80

CAPACITIES
2000 BZ Prescribed fuel

Litres kg Recommended products
Fuel tank: 80 Premium unleaded petrol with

including a reserve of: 8 10 a RON not lower than 95
Engine cooling system: 9 Mixture of distilled water and
PARAFLU 11 (blue) at 50% or
PARAFLU UP (red) at 50%
Engine sump: 5 4.5 SELENIA 20K ()
Transaxle: 2.4 2.16 TUTELA CAR MATRYX
Hydraulic power steering: 1.3 TUTELA GI/A
Front and rear hydraulic brake circuit:
11-15 versions 0.59 TUTELA TOP 4
MAXI versions 0.62
Hydraulic brake circuit
with ABS:
11-15 versions 0.62 TUTELA TOP 4
MAXI versions 0.66
Windscreen and rear window Mixture of water and TUTELA
liquid reservoir: 4.2 PROFESSIONAL SC 35
() For particularly cold temperatures use SELENIA PERFORMER MULTIPOWER SAE 5W-30.

2000 JTD 2300 JTD 2800 JTD - Prescribed fuel
2800 JTD POWER Recommended products
Litres kg Litres kg Litres kg
Fuel tank: 80 80 80 Diesel fuel for motor vehicles

(EN590 specifications)
including a reserve of: 8 10 8 10 8 10
Engine cooling Mixture of distilled water and
PARAFLU 11 (blue) at 50% or
system: 9 10 10
PARAFLU UP (red) at 50%
Engine sump: 5.8 5.2 5.0 4.5 SELENIA WR
Engine sump and filter: 6.25 5.6 6.3 5.7 5.7 5.1
Transaxle: TUTELA CAR MATRYX
2.7 2.43 2.7 2.43 2.7 2.43
Automatic gearbox 8.2 TUTELA HP 20
Hydraulic power steering: 1.3 1.3 1.3 TUTELA GI/A
Front and rear hydraulic
brake circuit:
11-15 versions 0.59 0.59 0.59
MAXI versions 0.62 0.62 0.62 TUTELA TOP 4
Hydraulic brake circuit
with ABS:
11-15 versions 0.59 0.59 0.59 TUTELA TOP 4
MAXI versions 0.62 0.62 0.62
Windscreen and rear window Mixture of water and TUTELA
liquid reservoir: 4.2 4.2 4.2 PROFESSIONAL SC 35

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
PRODUCTS WHICH MAY BE USED AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS
Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Recommended Applications

for correct vehicle operations fluids and lubricants
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 10W-40 that passes SELENIA 20K
F0D0146m
Lubricants ACEA A3, API SL specifications
for petrol
engines () Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-30 that passes SELENIA
ACEA A1, ACEA A5, API SL and FIAT 9.55535 PERFORMER
specifications. MULTIPOWER
Lubricants Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-40 that passes ACEA B4,
SELENIA WR
for diesel API CF and FIAT 9.55535 specifications
engines
() For particularly cold temperatures use SELENIA PERFORMER MULTIPOWER SAE 5W-30

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Recommended Applications
for correct vehicle operation fluids and lubricants
Fully synthetic lubricant SAE 75W-85 meeting API GL-4, TUTELA CAR Mechanical
FIAT 9.55550 MATRYX transaxles developping
Lubricants and grease high temperatures
for transmission
Lubricant for transmissions with ATF DEXRON II D LEV TUTELA GI/A Power steering system
properties
ATF DEXRON III oil type TUTELA HP 20 Automatic gearbox
Lubricant, grade SAE 80W-90 that passes API GL5, MIL-L- TUTELA EP oil for standard and
2105 D, IVECO 18-1804, FIAT 9.55550 and FIAT 9.55523 W 90/M-DA self-locking differentials
specifications
Products for brakes Synthetic fluid, FMVSS n 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925, TUTELA TOP 4 Hydraulic brake and
SAE J-1704, CUNA NC 956 - 01 clutch controls
Protective with antifreeze action based on PARAFLU 11 (*)

inhibited monoethylen glycol, CUNA NC 956-16 Cooling circuits.
Radiator or Proportion: 50% down
antifreeze Protective with antifreeze action (red colour) based on inhib- to -35 C Not to be
PARAFLU UP (*) mixed with products
ited monoethylen glycol, with O.A.T. formulation, that passes
CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications. having different
formulas.
Diesel fuel Diesel fuel additive providing diesel engine protection DIESEL MIX To be mixed with
additive diesel fuel
(25 cc every 10 litres)
Windscreen/ Mixture of alcohol and surfactants CUNA NC 956 -II TUTELA

rear window/ To be used pure
PROFESSIONAL
headlight washer fluid SC 35 or diluted
(*) IMPORTANT These two fluids cannot be mixed with each other. Contact Fiat Dealership for topping up.

FUEL CONSUMPTION - CO2 EMISSIONS
RUNNING AND USE CONDITIONS AFFECTING FUEL CONSUMPTION

(examples and differences with respect to goods transportation vehicle data)
IMPORTANT Weather conditions and tem- Special trim and adaptations

peratures caravan, motor home, mega box, can-
Although fuel consumption mea- low temperatures, thinner air, wind, vas cover, etc.
surements procedure aim at defining rain etc;
realistic values, fuel consumption is in- Some of these conditions are illus-
fluenced by factors such as: Vehicle conditions trated in these figures on the next
Poor maintenance (tyre pressure, fil- pages.
Driving style and vehicle use high ters, spark plugs, etc.), damaged body-
speed, frequent acceleration, frequent work For more information, refer to the
gear shifting, door-to-door deliveries, advice in the chapter Cheap running
etc. Load conditions that respects the environment.
Heavy weights, not optimal load dis-
Just for passenger transportation tribution, large weights on roof rack, The fuel consumption values shown
versions with 2.3 and 2.8 JTD engines, etc. in the table in following pages were de-
reduced consumption can be obtained fined according to the type-approval
by starting (on level road) in 2nd gear Use of electric devices specifications in European Directives.
instead of 1st gear. Climate control, heater and electric Consumption values are defined by
devices in general means of the following procedures:
Traffic and road conditions
queues, bending roads, steep roads, Special conditions of use an urban cycle: consisting of a
bad road surface, etc. Special vehicle conditions of use: roof cold start and a simulated drive in city
rack, trailer, open side windows, type streets;
of tyres, etc.
an extra-urban cycle: consisting
in frequent accelerations, in all gears,

simulating normal conditions of use. style, fittings and accessories, use the table (see Cheap running
Speed ranges from 0 to 120 km/h; of the climate control system, that respects the environment
load, roof racks and other situa- in Driving your car chapter).
average combined cycle con- tions penalising aerodynamic
sisting of 37% urban cycle and 63% ex- penetration and effecting rolling
tra-urban cycle. CO2 EMISSIONS AT EXHAUST
resistance will influence fuel con-
IMPORTANT Road and traffic sumption rates which can be dif- The maximum CO2 emission values
conditions, weather, general con- ferent from the values shown in shown in the following table refer to
ditions of the vehicle, driving the average combined cycle.
Consumption according to Directive Urban Extra-urban Combined CO2 emissions at exhaust

99/100/EC (litres/100 km) according to Directive
99/100/EC (g/km)
Engine 2.0
Version 11 Panorama short wheelbase 16.1 11.2 13.0 306
Combi short wheelbase 15.9 11.0 12.8 301
Panorama short wheelbase 4x4 16,3 11.4 13.2 311
Version 15 Combi medium wheelbase 15.9 11.0 12.8 301

Combi medium wheelbase
high sided 16.1 11.2 13.0 306
Panorama medium wheelbase 16.3 11.4 13.2 311
Combi short wheelbase 4x4 16.1 11.2 13.0 306
Combi medium wheelbase 4x4 16.1 11.2 13.0 306
Engine 2.0 JTD

Consumption according to Directive Urban Extra-urban Combined CO2 emissions at exhaust
99/100/EC (litres/100 km) according to Directive
99/100/EC (g/km)
Engine 2.3 JTD (*)


Combi medium wheelbase high sided 9.0 7.7 8.1 216
Engine 2.8 JTD (*)
Panorama short wheelbase
automatic gearbox 13.7 10.0 11.3 301
Panorama short wheelbase 4x4 11.1 9.0 9.8 261

Combi medium wheelbase high sided 10.9 8.8 9.6 234
Combi medium wheelbase
Combi medium wheelbase high sided
Panorama medium wheelbase
Combi short wheelbase 4x4 10.9 8.8 9.6 234
Combi medium wheelbase 4x4 11.1 9.0 9.8 261
(*) Test was performed with start-up in second gear.

F0D0199m
F0D0194m
+80100% Max. speed (accelera-
tor pedal fully down)
Roof rack or side

+5%
windows half open
+3545% Town driving

F0D0198m
F0D0196m
+5% Climate control on
+1015% Mountain driving

F0D0195m
F0D0197m
Caravan or other
+1015% adaptations

INDEX
ABS .............................................. 88 Bodywork ..................................... 181 Capacities ................................... 239

Additional heater ........................ 58 - maintenance ............................ 181 Ceiling light .................................... 71
Adjusting the headlight beam ... 86 - tips for keeping the body Cellular phone set-up ................ 100
in good conditions ................. 182
Airbags (front and side) ............. 90 Central door locking system .... 83
- versions .................................... 187
Air cleaner .................................... 173 Changing a wheel ........................ 137
- warranty ................................... 182
Air vents ........................................ 54 Cheap running that respects
Bodywork paint identification
Annual inspection schedule ...... 165 the environment ....................... 127
plate ............................................. 186
Ashtray .......................................... 77 Checking fluid levels ................... 167
Bodywork versions ..................... 187
ASR system ................................... 96 Child restraint systems .............. 22
Bonnet ........................................... 84
At the filling station .................... 102 Bottle holder ................................ 74 Cigar lighter ................................. 77
Automatic electronic gearbox .. 110 Brake fluid level ........................... 172 Cleaning seats and fabrics ......... 184
Brake light replacement ............. 146 Cleaning the plastic parts .......... 184
Battery ........................................174 Brakes Climate control system ............. 57
- battery cut out ....................... 73 - handbrake ......................... 108-216 Clutch ............................................ 216
- checking the charge ............... 175 - service and Controls ........................................ 71
- jump starting .................... 136-157 emergency brake ................... 216 Consumption
- recharging ................................ 157 Bulb replacement ........................ 141 - engine oil .................................. 170
- replacement ............................ 174 Bulb types ..................................... 142 - fuel ............................................. 243
- useful advice ............................ 175 Bump starting ............................... 137 Coolant temperature gauge ..... 30
INDEX 247

Cruise Control ............................ 68 - side sliding door ..................... 80 Engine marking ............................ 185
Current socket ............................ 76 - window regulators ................ 83 Engine oil ....................................... 169
Driving style affecting fuel - consumption ........................... 170
Dashboard ................................. 5 consumption .............................. 124 Engine oil level ............................. 169
Demisting ...................................... 56 Engine oil level gauge ................. 32
Diesel fuel filter ........................... 173 Electric windows ....................... 83
EOBD system .............................. 95
Differential .................................... 216 Electronic alarm .......................... 11
Digital clock .................................. 32
Electronic automatic gearbox .. 110
Fiat Code (system) ................... 7
Electronic control units ............. 177
Dimensions ........................... 222-224 First aid kit .................................... 161
- speed limiter ........................... 177
Dipped beam headlights ............ 65 Flashing the headlights ............... 66
Emergency starting .............. 107-135
- bulb replacement ................... 143 Fluids and lubricants ................... 241
Emission control devices ........... 128
Direction indicators ................... 66 Front/rear ceiling light
Engine ............................................ 214 replacement ............................... 148
- front bulb replacement ......... 145
- starting diesel engines ........... 106 Front fog light replacement ...... 145
- rear bulb replacement .......... 146 - starting petrol engines .......... 105
Fuel cut-off switch ...................... 72
- side bulb replacement ........... 145 - stopping the engine ............... 108
Fuel gauge ..................................... 31
Doors ............................................ 79 - supply/ignition ......................... 215
Fuses (replacement) ................... 149
- 270 opening ........................... 82 - warming up the engine ......... 107
- central door locking .............. 83 Engine/bodywork codes ............ 187 Getting to know
- drivers cab doors .................. 79 Engine compartment .................. 183 your vehicle ............................ 5
- rear door ................................. 81 Engine coolant gauge .................. 30 Getting the best out of
- remote control ....................... 9 Engine coolant level .................... 170 your vehicle ............................ 105
248 INDEX

Glove compartment/oddment
compartment ............................. 73
Instruments .................................. 30 Object holder/
Interior equipment ..................... 73 food box ..................................... 75
Oddment compartments............ 73
Headlight washer ...................... 181 Interiors ........................................ 184
Odometer...................................... 31
Headlights
- beam adjustment .................... 86 Jacking the vehicle .................... 158 Paintwork.................................... 182
Head restraints ............................ 50 Jump starting ........................... 136-157 Parking ............................................ 108
Heat flange .................................... 106 Parking sensors............................. 67
Heating .......................................... 56 Keys ............................................ 7 Performance .................................. 226
Heating and ventilation .............. 54 Pollen filter .................................... 173
Load recommendations .......... 126 Power steering fluid level........... 171
Identification data ...................... 185 Pretensioners ................................ 18
If a bulb burns out ...................... 141 Main beam headlights ............ 65 Protecting the environment ...... 104
If an accident occurs .................. 160 - bulb replacement ................... 143
If anyone is injured Manual gearbox ........................... 109 Radio transmitters
(during accidents) ..................... 161 and cellular phones .................. 101
If an exterior light burns out ... 143 Mobile foot board ....................... 80 Reading/writing desk .................. 74
If an interior light burns out .... 148 Model plate ................................... 185 Rear fog light replacement ....... 145
Ignition switch ............................. 28 Multimeter .................................... 78 Rearview camera ........................ 67
In an emergency ..................... 135 Rearview mirrors ................ 51-52
Individual settings ........................ 42 Number plate light Recharging the battery .............. 157
Instrument panel ......................... 29 replacement ............................... 147 Remote control ........................... 9
INDEX 249

Rev counter ................................. 30 Sound system ............................... 98 Steering column stalks ............... 65
Reversing light replacement ..... 146 - aerial ......................................... 100 Steering wheel ............................. 51
Rims - heavy set-up ............................ 98 Sun visors ...................................... 78
- understanding rim markings .. 219 - light set-up ............................... 98 Suspensions .................................. 217
Roof rack/ski rack (presetting) .. 101 Spare wheel .................................. 218 Symbols ......................................... 7
Rubber tubing .............................. 179 Spark plugs .................................... 215
Speed limiter ................................ 177 Tank cap................................ 99-103
Safe driving.................................. 119 Speedometer ................................ 30 Technical specifications ........ 185
Scheduled Service ....................... 162 Spray nozzles ............................... 181 Third brake light
Seat belts ....................................... 15 Starting the engine ...................... 105 replacement ................................. 146
Seats ............................................... 42 - bump starting .......................... 137 Tools ................................................ 138
Self-standing supplementary - Diesel engine procedure ...... 106 Top speeds ..................................... 226
heater .......................................... 59 - emergency starting ......... 107-135 Tow hitch
Service indicator .......................... 33 - ignition switch ......................... 28 (fitting diagrams)................... 130-131
Service Schedule .......................... 163 - jump starting .................... 136-157 Tow hitch installation .................. 129
Side central windows (opening) 78 - petrol engine procedure ...... 105 Towing a trailer ............................. 129
Side/taillights ................................. 65 - stopping the engine ................ 108 Towing the vehicle ....................... 159
- front bulb replacement ......... 146 - warming up the engine after Transmission .................................. 216
Smart wash ................................... 67 it has just started ................... 107 Transporting children in safety .. 22
Snow chains .......................... 133-218 Steering ......................................... 218 Tyre pressure ................................. 220
Snow tyres ............................ 132-221 Steering column lock .................. 28 Tyres ......................................... 178-220
250 INDEX

Understanding rim markings ... 219 - understanding tyre
markings ................................... 219
Understanding tyre markings ... 219
- wheel geometry ..................... 218
Using the automatic gearbox ... 110
Windows ...................................... 183
Using the manual gearbox ........ 109
Windscreen washer ............ 66-181
Windscreen washer
Vehicle maintenance ........... 162 fluid level .................................... 171
Vehicle storage ............................. 134 Windscreen
Ventilation...................................... 56 wiper (blades) ..................... 66-180
Writing/reading desk ................. 74
Warming up the engine
after it has just started ............. 107
Warning lights ............................. 35
Washing the vehicle ................... 182
Weights ......................................... 227
Wheel geometry ......................... 218
Wheels and tyres ........................ 178
- changing a wheel .................... 137
- inflation pressure ................... 220
- snow chains ............................ 133
- snow tyres .............................. 132
- spare wheel ............................. 218
INDEX 251

NOTES
252 INDEX

INDEX 253

Always ask your mechanic for

Oil change? The experts reccomend Selenia.
The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia,

a range of lubricants which satisfies the most advanced
international specifications. Specific tests and high technical
characteristicss allow the Selenia range to guarantee
the optimum and top quality performance of your engine.
The Selenia range includes a number of of technologically advanced products:
SELENIA 20K SELENIA TD

API SL lubricant ,which guarantees optimum Oil for aspirated turbocharged or multivalve diesel
performance and maximum wear protection to engines, guarantees maximum engine cleanliness
aspirated, turbocharged or multivalve petrol engines. and stability at high temperatures.
SELENIA PERFORMER SELENIA WR

Is particularly ideal for the protection of new Oil which has been specifically designed for use in
generation petrol engines, common rail andMultijet diesel engines. Effective dur-
Very effective even in the most severe weather ing cold starts it offers maximim wear protection,
conditions. It guaranteees a reduction in fuel hydraulic tappets control, consumption reduction
consumption (Energy conserving ). and stability at high temperatures.
The complete Selenia range also includes Selenia 20K Alfa Romeo, Selenia Performer 5W-40, Selenia Racing and Selenia Digitech.
For further information on Selenia products, please visit the website www.flselenia.com.

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Version Tyre Front Rear
11 All types 195/70 R15C (103/101) Q 4.0 4.0
205/70 R15C (106/104) Q 4.0 4.0
Camping Car 215/70 R15C (109/107) Q Camping 5.0 5.0
15 All types 205/70 R15C (106/104) Q/205/70 R15C (106/104) R (**) 4.1 4.5
MAXI All types 205/75 R16C (110/108) Q/205/75 R16C (110/108) R (**) 4.5 4.5 (*)
215/75 R16C (113/111) Q/215/75 R16C (113/111) R (**) 4.5 4.5
(*) 4.75 bar for vehicles with maximum admitted load on rear axle over 2000 kg. (**) 2.8 JTD POWER versions
ENGINE OIL CHANGE

2.0 petrol 2.0 JTD 2.3 JTD 2.8 JTD - 2.8 JTD
POWER
litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg
Engine sump 5 4.5 5.8 5.2 5.0 4.5
Engine sump and filter 6.25 5.6 6.3 5.7 5.7 5.1
FUEL CAPACITIES (litres)

For all engine types
Tank capacity........................................................................ litres 80
Reserve .................................................................................. litres 8 10
Refuel petrol engines with unleaded petrol with an octane rating (RON) no lower than 95 only.
Refuel diesel engines with diesel fuel for motor vehicles (EN590 specifications) only.
Fiat Auto S.p.A.

After Sales - Assistenza Tecnica - Ingegneria Assistenziale
Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)
Print no. 603.45.862 - IV/2005 - 3rd edition


Manual de Operador Ducato PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Manual de Operador Ducato PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.

com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

STARTING THE ENGINE

PARKING OVER INFLAMMABLE MATERIAL

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Personal safety. Environmental protection. Vehicle well-being.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

6 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

8 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

10 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

that the siren is cut out and that the

12 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 13

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

14 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 15

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

16 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

fig. 14 fig. 15 fig. 15a

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 17

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

the anchoring device to catch if re-

18 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 19

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

20 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 21

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

22 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 23

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

24 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 25

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

PANORAMA VERSION - SHORT AND MEDIUM WHEELBASE

CAB 1st and 2nd REAR SEAT ROW

26 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 27

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

engage the reverse gear. Never market operation involving steering

28 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine